]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
ce045aed WS |
1 | %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% |
2 | %% Name: function.tex | |
3 | %% Purpose: Functions and macros | |
4 | %% Author: wxWidgets Team | |
5 | %% Modified by: | |
6 | %% Created: | |
7 | %% RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | %% Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team | |
9 | %% License: wxWindows license | |
10 | %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% | |
11 | ||
6d98f963 | 12 | \chapter{Functions and macros}\label{functions} |
a660d684 KB |
13 | \setheader{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}{}{}{}{}{{\it CHAPTER \thechapter}}% |
14 | \setfooter{\thepage}{}{}{}{}{\thepage} | |
15 | ||
fc2171bd | 16 | The functions and macros defined in wxWidgets are described here: you can |
b0fc8832 VZ |
17 | either look up a function using the alphabetical listing of them or find it in |
18 | the corresponding topic. | |
19 | ||
569ef72a | 20 | \section{Alphabetical functions and macros list}\label{functionsalphabetically} |
b0fc8832 VZ |
21 | |
22 | \helpref{CLASSINFO}{classinfo}\\ | |
23 | \helpref{DECLARE\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS}{declareabstractclass}\\ | |
24 | \helpref{DECLARE\_APP}{declareapp}\\ | |
25 | \helpref{DECLARE\_CLASS}{declareclass}\\ | |
26 | \helpref{DECLARE\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS}{declaredynamicclass}\\ | |
27 | \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS2}{implementabstractclass2}\\ | |
28 | \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS}{implementabstractclass}\\ | |
29 | \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_APP}{implementapp}\\ | |
30 | \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_CLASS2}{implementclass2}\\ | |
31 | \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_CLASS}{implementclass}\\ | |
32 | \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS2}{implementdynamicclass2}\\ | |
33 | \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS}{implementdynamicclass}\\ | |
c2709a3d | 34 | \helpref{wxAboutBox}{wxaboutbox}\\ |
2bd3cba6 | 35 | \helpref{wxASSERT}{wxassert}\\ |
8f5d9104 | 36 | \helpref{wxASSERT\_MIN\_BITSIZE}{wxassertminbitsize}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 37 | \helpref{wxASSERT\_MSG}{wxassertmsg}\\ |
cde76cf2 VZ |
38 | \helpref{wxAtomicDec}{wxatomicdec}\\ |
39 | \helpref{wxAtomicInc}{wxatomicinc}\\ | |
4db03d26 VZ |
40 | \helpref{wxBase64Decode}{wxbase64decode}\\ |
41 | \helpref{wxBase64Encode}{wxbase64encode}\\ | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
42 | \helpref{wxBeginBusyCursor}{wxbeginbusycursor}\\ |
43 | \helpref{wxBell}{wxbell}\\ | |
2bd3cba6 | 44 | \helpref{wxBITMAP}{wxbitmapmacro}\\ |
8482e4bd | 45 | \helpref{wxCHANGE\_UMASK}{wxchangeumask}\\ |
a30c309a | 46 | \helpref{wxCHECK}{wxcheck}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
47 | \helpref{wxCHECK2\_MSG}{wxcheck2msg}\\ |
48 | \helpref{wxCHECK2}{wxcheck2}\\ | |
a30c309a | 49 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_GCC\_VERSION}{wxcheckgccversion}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
50 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_MSG}{wxcheckmsg}\\ |
51 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_RET}{wxcheckret}\\ | |
2686d933 | 52 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_SUNCC\_VERSION}{wxchecksunccversion}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 53 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_VERSION}{wxcheckversion}\\ |
eeade4cc | 54 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_VERSION\_FULL}{wxcheckversionfull}\\ |
a30c309a | 55 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_W32API\_VERSION}{wxcheckw32apiversion}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 56 | \helpref{wxClientDisplayRect}{wxclientdisplayrect}\\ |
f4fcc291 | 57 | \helpref{wxClipboardOpen}{functionwxclipboardopen}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
58 | \helpref{wxCloseClipboard}{wxcloseclipboard}\\ |
59 | \helpref{wxColourDisplay}{wxcolourdisplay}\\ | |
8f5d9104 | 60 | \helpref{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT}{wxcompiletimeassert}\\ |
5b8643ea | 61 | \helpref{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT2}{wxcompiletimeassert2}\\ |
2bd3cba6 | 62 | \helpref{wxCONCAT}{wxconcat}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
63 | \helpref{wxConcatFiles}{wxconcatfiles}\\ |
64 | \helpref{wxConstCast}{wxconstcast}\\ | |
65 | \helpref{wxCopyFile}{wxcopyfile}\\ | |
66 | \helpref{wxCreateDynamicObject}{wxcreatedynamicobject}\\ | |
67 | \helpref{wxCreateFileTipProvider}{wxcreatefiletipprovider}\\ | |
789bdf9b | 68 | \helpref{wxCRIT\_SECT\_DECLARE}{wxcritsectdeclare}\\ |
db882c54 | 69 | \helpref{wxCRIT\_SECT\_DECLARE\_MEMBER}{wxcritsectdeclaremember}\\ |
789bdf9b VZ |
70 | \helpref{wxCRIT\_SECT\_LOCKER}{wxcritsectlocker}\\ |
71 | \helpref{wxCRITICAL\_SECTION}{wxcriticalsectionmacro}\\ % wxcs already taken! | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
72 | \helpref{wxDDECleanUp}{wxddecleanup}\\ |
73 | \helpref{wxDDEInitialize}{wxddeinitialize}\\ | |
74 | \helpref{wxDROP\_ICON}{wxdropicon}\\ | |
75 | \helpref{wxDebugMsg}{wxdebugmsg}\\ | |
2bd3cba6 | 76 | \helpref{WXDEBUG\_NEW}{debugnew}\\ |
5d88a6b5 VZ |
77 | \helpref{wxDEPRECATED}{wxdeprecated}\\ |
78 | \helpref{wxDEPRECATED\_BUT\_USED\_INTERNALLY}{wxdeprecatedbutusedinternally}\\ | |
3694bb76 | 79 | \helpref{wxDEPRECATED\_INLINE}{wxdeprecatedinline}\\ |
2bd3cba6 | 80 | \helpref{wxDirExists}{functionwxdirexists}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
81 | \helpref{wxDirSelector}{wxdirselector}\\ |
82 | \helpref{wxDisplayDepth}{wxdisplaydepth}\\ | |
b0fc8832 | 83 | \helpref{wxDisplaySize}{wxdisplaysize}\\ |
f4fcc291 | 84 | \helpref{wxDisplaySizeMM}{wxdisplaysizemm}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
85 | \helpref{wxDos2UnixFilename}{wxdos2unixfilename}\\ |
86 | \helpref{wxDynamicCastThis}{wxdynamiccastthis}\\ | |
87 | \helpref{wxDynamicCast}{wxdynamiccast}\\ | |
4104ed92 | 88 | \helpref{wxDYNLIB\_FUNCTION}{wxdynlibfunction}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
89 | \helpref{wxEmptyClipboard}{wxemptyclipboard}\\ |
90 | \helpref{wxEnableTopLevelWindows}{wxenabletoplevelwindows}\\ | |
91 | \helpref{wxEndBusyCursor}{wxendbusycursor}\\ | |
789bdf9b | 92 | \helpref{wxENTER\_CRIT\_SECT}{wxentercritsect}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 93 | \helpref{wxEntry}{wxentry}\\ |
9b2d4f0e VZ |
94 | \helpref{wxEntryStart}{wxentrystart}\\ |
95 | \helpref{wxEntryCleanup}{wxentrycleanup}\\ | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
96 | \helpref{wxEnumClipboardFormats}{wxenumclipboardformats}\\ |
97 | \helpref{wxError}{wxerror}\\ | |
98 | \helpref{wxExecute}{wxexecute}\\ | |
99 | \helpref{wxExit}{wxexit}\\ | |
986ecc86 | 100 | \helpref{wxEXPLICIT}{wxexplicit}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
101 | \helpref{wxFAIL\_MSG}{wxfailmsg}\\ |
102 | \helpref{wxFAIL}{wxfail}\\ | |
103 | \helpref{wxFatalError}{wxfatalerror}\\ | |
f4fcc291 | 104 | \helpref{wxFileExists}{functionwxfileexists}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
105 | \helpref{wxFileModificationTime}{wxfilemodificationtime}\\ |
106 | \helpref{wxFileNameFromPath}{wxfilenamefrompath}\\ | |
107 | \helpref{wxFileSelector}{wxfileselector}\\ | |
108 | \helpref{wxFindFirstFile}{wxfindfirstfile}\\ | |
109 | \helpref{wxFindMenuItemId}{wxfindmenuitemid}\\ | |
110 | \helpref{wxFindNextFile}{wxfindnextfile}\\ | |
111 | \helpref{wxFindWindowAtPointer}{wxfindwindowatpointer}\\ | |
112 | \helpref{wxFindWindowAtPoint}{wxfindwindowatpoint}\\ | |
113 | \helpref{wxFindWindowByLabel}{wxfindwindowbylabel}\\ | |
114 | \helpref{wxFindWindowByName}{wxfindwindowbyname}\\ | |
a02afd14 | 115 | \helpref{wxFinite}{wxfinite}\\ |
c2709a3d | 116 | \helpref{wxGenericAboutBox}{wxgenericaboutbox}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 117 | \helpref{wxGetActiveWindow}{wxgetactivewindow}\\ |
749caeeb | 118 | \helpref{wxGetApp}{wxgetapp}\\ |
8ea92b4d | 119 | \helpref{wxGetBatteryState}{wxgetbatterystate}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
120 | \helpref{wxGetClipboardData}{wxgetclipboarddata}\\ |
121 | \helpref{wxGetClipboardFormatName}{wxgetclipboardformatname}\\ | |
122 | \helpref{wxGetColourFromUser}{wxgetcolourfromuser}\\ | |
123 | \helpref{wxGetCwd}{wxgetcwd}\\ | |
124 | \helpref{wxGetDiskSpace}{wxgetdiskspace}\\ | |
125 | \helpref{wxGetDisplayName}{wxgetdisplayname}\\ | |
f70c0443 | 126 | \helpref{wxGetDisplaySize}{wxdisplaysize}\\ |
3980000c | 127 | \helpref{wxGetDisplaySizeMM}{wxdisplaysizemm}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
128 | \helpref{wxGetEmailAddress}{wxgetemailaddress}\\ |
129 | \helpref{wxGetEnv}{wxgetenv}\\ | |
0912690b | 130 | \helpref{wxGetFileKind}{wxgetfilekind}\\ |
d741c583 | 131 | \helpref{wxGetFontFromUser}{wxgetfontfromuser}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
132 | \helpref{wxGetFreeMemory}{wxgetfreememory}\\ |
133 | \helpref{wxGetFullHostName}{wxgetfullhostname}\\ | |
134 | \helpref{wxGetHomeDir}{wxgethomedir}\\ | |
135 | \helpref{wxGetHostName}{wxgethostname}\\ | |
f52d9e92 | 136 | \helpref{wxGetKeyState}{wxgetkeystate}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
137 | \helpref{wxGetLocalTimeMillis}{wxgetlocaltimemillis}\\ |
138 | \helpref{wxGetLocalTime}{wxgetlocaltime}\\ | |
139 | \helpref{wxGetMousePosition}{wxgetmouseposition}\\ | |
7dd40b6f | 140 | \helpref{wxGetMouseState}{wxgetmousestate}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 141 | \helpref{wxGetMultipleChoices}{wxgetmultiplechoices}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
142 | \helpref{wxGetNumberFromUser}{wxgetnumberfromuser}\\ |
143 | \helpref{wxGetOSDirectory}{wxgetosdirectory}\\ | |
144 | \helpref{wxGetOsDescription}{wxgetosdescription}\\ | |
145 | \helpref{wxGetOsVersion}{wxgetosversion}\\ | |
146 | \helpref{wxGetPasswordFromUser}{wxgetpasswordfromuser}\\ | |
8ea92b4d | 147 | \helpref{wxGetPowerType}{wxgetpowertype}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
148 | \helpref{wxGetPrinterCommand}{wxgetprintercommand}\\ |
149 | \helpref{wxGetPrinterFile}{wxgetprinterfile}\\ | |
150 | \helpref{wxGetPrinterMode}{wxgetprintermode}\\ | |
151 | \helpref{wxGetPrinterOptions}{wxgetprinteroptions}\\ | |
152 | \helpref{wxGetPrinterOrientation}{wxgetprinterorientation}\\ | |
153 | \helpref{wxGetPrinterPreviewCommand}{wxgetprinterpreviewcommand}\\ | |
154 | \helpref{wxGetPrinterScaling}{wxgetprinterscaling}\\ | |
155 | \helpref{wxGetPrinterTranslation}{wxgetprintertranslation}\\ | |
c1cb4153 | 156 | \helpref{wxGetProcessId}{wxgetprocessid}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
157 | \helpref{wxGetSingleChoiceData}{wxgetsinglechoicedata}\\ |
158 | \helpref{wxGetSingleChoiceIndex}{wxgetsinglechoiceindex}\\ | |
159 | \helpref{wxGetSingleChoice}{wxgetsinglechoice}\\ | |
160 | \helpref{wxGetTempFileName}{wxgettempfilename}\\ | |
161 | \helpref{wxGetTextFromUser}{wxgettextfromuser}\\ | |
33b494d6 | 162 | \helpref{wxGetTopLevelParent}{wxgettoplevelparent}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
163 | \helpref{wxGetTranslation}{wxgettranslation}\\ |
164 | \helpref{wxGetUTCTime}{wxgetutctime}\\ | |
165 | \helpref{wxGetUserHome}{wxgetuserhome}\\ | |
166 | \helpref{wxGetUserId}{wxgetuserid}\\ | |
167 | \helpref{wxGetUserName}{wxgetusername}\\ | |
168 | \helpref{wxGetWorkingDirectory}{wxgetworkingdirectory}\\ | |
169 | \helpref{wxGetenv}{wxgetenvmacro}\\ | |
170 | \helpref{wxHandleFatalExceptions}{wxhandlefatalexceptions}\\ | |
171 | \helpref{wxICON}{wxiconmacro}\\ | |
8cf304f8 | 172 | \helpref{wxInfoMessageBox}{wxinfomessagebox}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
173 | \helpref{wxINTXX\_SWAP\_ALWAYS}{intswapalways}\\ |
174 | \helpref{wxINTXX\_SWAP\_ON\_BE}{intswaponbe}\\ | |
175 | \helpref{wxINTXX\_SWAP\_ON\_LE}{intswaponle}\\ | |
176 | \helpref{wxInitAllImageHandlers}{wxinitallimagehandlers}\\ | |
177 | \helpref{wxInitialize}{wxinitialize}\\ | |
178 | \helpref{wxIsAbsolutePath}{wxisabsolutepath}\\ | |
179 | \helpref{wxIsBusy}{wxisbusy}\\ | |
180 | \helpref{wxIsClipboardFormatAvailable}{wxisclipboardformatavailable}\\ | |
a434b43f | 181 | \helpref{wxIsDebuggerRunning}{wxisdebuggerrunning}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 182 | \helpref{wxIsEmpty}{wxisempty}\\ |
789bdf9b | 183 | \helpref{wxIsMainThread}{wxismainthread}\\ |
a02afd14 | 184 | \helpref{wxIsNaN}{wxisnan}\\ |
8bb6b2c0 VZ |
185 | \helpref{wxIsPlatformLittleEndian}{wxisplatformlittleendian}\\ |
186 | \helpref{wxIsPlatform64Bit}{wxisplatform64bit}\\ | |
b0fc8832 | 187 | \helpref{wxIsWild}{wxiswild}\\ |
abbb59e8 | 188 | \helpref{wxJoin}{wxjoin}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 189 | \helpref{wxKill}{wxkill}\\ |
498a1eeb | 190 | \helpref{wxLaunchDefaultBrowser}{wxlaunchdefaultbrowser}\\ |
789bdf9b | 191 | \helpref{wxLEAVE\_CRIT\_SECT}{wxleavecritsect}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
192 | \helpref{wxLoadUserResource}{wxloaduserresource}\\ |
193 | \helpref{wxLogDebug}{wxlogdebug}\\ | |
194 | \helpref{wxLogError}{wxlogerror}\\ | |
195 | \helpref{wxLogFatalError}{wxlogfatalerror}\\ | |
196 | \helpref{wxLogMessage}{wxlogmessage}\\ | |
197 | \helpref{wxLogStatus}{wxlogstatus}\\ | |
198 | \helpref{wxLogSysError}{wxlogsyserror}\\ | |
199 | \helpref{wxLogTrace}{wxlogtrace}\\ | |
200 | \helpref{wxLogVerbose}{wxlogverbose}\\ | |
201 | \helpref{wxLogWarning}{wxlogwarning}\\ | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
202 | \helpref{wxLL}{wxll}\\ |
203 | \helpref{wxLongLongFmtSpec}{wxlonglongfmtspec}\\ | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
204 | \helpref{wxMakeMetafilePlaceable}{wxmakemetafileplaceable}\\ |
205 | \helpref{wxMatchWild}{wxmatchwild}\\ | |
206 | \helpref{wxMessageBox}{wxmessagebox}\\ | |
08873d36 VZ |
207 | \helpref{wxMilliSleep}{wxmillisleep}\\ |
208 | \helpref{wxMicroSleep}{wxmicrosleep}\\ | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
209 | \helpref{wxMkdir}{wxmkdir}\\ |
210 | \helpref{wxMutexGuiEnter}{wxmutexguienter}\\ | |
211 | \helpref{wxMutexGuiLeave}{wxmutexguileave}\\ | |
212 | \helpref{wxNewId}{wxnewid}\\ | |
213 | \helpref{wxNow}{wxnow}\\ | |
214 | \helpref{wxOnAssert}{wxonassert}\\ | |
1a64b24d VZ |
215 | \helpref{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT}{wxonblockexit}\\ |
216 | \helpref{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT\_OBJ}{wxonblockexitobj}\\ | |
b0fc8832 | 217 | \helpref{wxOpenClipboard}{wxopenclipboard}\\ |
daf32463 | 218 | \helpref{wxParseCommonDialogsFilter}{wxparsecommondialogsfilter}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 219 | \helpref{wxPathOnly}{wxpathonly}\\ |
2bd3cba6 | 220 | \helpref{wxPLURAL}{wxplural}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
221 | \helpref{wxPostDelete}{wxpostdelete}\\ |
222 | \helpref{wxPostEvent}{wxpostevent}\\ | |
223 | \helpref{wxRegisterClipboardFormat}{wxregisterclipboardformat}\\ | |
224 | \helpref{wxRegisterId}{wxregisterid}\\ | |
225 | \helpref{wxRemoveFile}{wxremovefile}\\ | |
226 | \helpref{wxRenameFile}{wxrenamefile}\\ | |
b0fc8832 | 227 | \helpref{wxRmdir}{wxrmdir}\\ |
c11d62a6 | 228 | \helpref{wxSafeShowMessage}{wxsafeshowmessage}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
229 | \helpref{wxSafeYield}{wxsafeyield}\\ |
230 | \helpref{wxSetClipboardData}{wxsetclipboarddata}\\ | |
231 | \helpref{wxSetCursor}{wxsetcursor}\\ | |
232 | \helpref{wxSetDisplayName}{wxsetdisplayname}\\ | |
233 | \helpref{wxSetEnv}{wxsetenv}\\ | |
234 | \helpref{wxSetPrinterCommand}{wxsetprintercommand}\\ | |
235 | \helpref{wxSetPrinterFile}{wxsetprinterfile}\\ | |
236 | \helpref{wxSetPrinterMode}{wxsetprintermode}\\ | |
237 | \helpref{wxSetPrinterOptions}{wxsetprinteroptions}\\ | |
238 | \helpref{wxSetPrinterOrientation}{wxsetprinterorientation}\\ | |
239 | \helpref{wxSetPrinterPreviewCommand}{wxsetprinterpreviewcommand}\\ | |
240 | \helpref{wxSetPrinterScaling}{wxsetprinterscaling}\\ | |
241 | \helpref{wxSetPrinterTranslation}{wxsetprintertranslation}\\ | |
242 | \helpref{wxSetWorkingDirectory}{wxsetworkingdirectory}\\ | |
243 | \helpref{wxShell}{wxshell}\\ | |
244 | \helpref{wxShowTip}{wxshowtip}\\ | |
f6ba47d9 | 245 | \helpref{wxShutdown}{wxshutdown}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
246 | \helpref{wxSleep}{wxsleep}\\ |
247 | \helpref{wxSnprintf}{wxsnprintf}\\ | |
abbb59e8 | 248 | \helpref{wxSplit}{wxsplit}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 249 | \helpref{wxSplitPath}{wxsplitfunction}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 250 | \helpref{wxStaticCast}{wxstaticcast}\\ |
2f930c85 | 251 | \helpref{wxStrcmp}{wxstrcmp}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
252 | \helpref{wxStricmp}{wxstricmp}\\ |
253 | \helpref{wxStringEq}{wxstringeq}\\ | |
254 | \helpref{wxStringMatch}{wxstringmatch}\\ | |
bf00c875 | 255 | \helpref{wxStringTokenize}{wxstringtokenize}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
256 | \helpref{wxStripMenuCodes}{wxstripmenucodes}\\ |
257 | \helpref{wxStrlen}{wxstrlen}\\ | |
b4a81453 | 258 | \helpref{wxSTRINGIZE}{wxstringize}\\ |
84206bbb | 259 | \helpref{wxSTRINGIZE\_T}{wxstringizet}\\ |
7261746a | 260 | \helpref{wxSUPPRESS\_GCC\_PRIVATE\_DTOR\_WARNING}{wxsuppressgccprivatedtorwarning}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
261 | \helpref{wxSysErrorCode}{wxsyserrorcode}\\ |
262 | \helpref{wxSysErrorMsg}{wxsyserrormsg}\\ | |
0bbe4e29 | 263 | \helpref{wxT}{wxt}\\ |
b0fc8832 | 264 | \helpref{wxTrace}{wxtrace}\\ |
2bd3cba6 VZ |
265 | \helpref{WXTRACE}{trace}\\ |
266 | \helpref{wxTraceLevel}{wxtracelevel}\\ | |
267 | \helpref{WXTRACELEVEL}{tracelevel}\\ | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
268 | \helpref{wxTransferFileToStream}{wxtransferfiletostream}\\ |
269 | \helpref{wxTransferStreamToFile}{wxtransferstreamtofile}\\ | |
270 | \helpref{wxTrap}{wxtrap}\\ | |
84ed77ef | 271 | \helpref{wxULL}{wxull}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
272 | \helpref{wxUninitialize}{wxuninitialize}\\ |
273 | \helpref{wxUnix2DosFilename}{wxunix2dosfilename}\\ | |
274 | \helpref{wxUnsetEnv}{wxunsetenv}\\ | |
275 | \helpref{wxUsleep}{wxusleep}\\ | |
d85cfb37 | 276 | \helpref{wxVaCopy}{wxvacopy}\\ |
b0fc8832 VZ |
277 | \helpref{wxVsnprintf}{wxvsnprintf}\\ |
278 | \helpref{wxWakeUpIdle}{wxwakeupidle}\\ | |
0bbe4e29 | 279 | \helpref{wxYield}{wxyield}\\ |
f29fe169 | 280 | \helpref{wx\_const\_cast}{wxconstcastraw}\\ |
8c8d66c5 | 281 | \helpref{wx\_reinterpret\_cast}{wxreinterpretcastraw}\\ |
f29fe169 | 282 | \helpref{wx\_static\_cast}{wxstaticcastraw}\\ |
e6b2a3b3 | 283 | \helpref{wx\_truncate\_cast}{wxtruncatecast}\\ |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
284 | \helpref{\_}{underscore}\\ |
285 | \helpref{\_T}{underscoret} | |
fd05688e | 286 | \helpref{\_\_WXFUNCTION\_\_}{wxfunction} |
f6bcfd97 | 287 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
288 | |
289 | ||
f6bcfd97 BP |
290 | \section{Version macros}\label{versionfunctions} |
291 | ||
fc2171bd | 292 | The following constants are defined in wxWidgets: |
f6bcfd97 BP |
293 | |
294 | \begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt | |
fc2171bd JS |
295 | \item {\tt wxMAJOR\_VERSION} is the major version of wxWidgets |
296 | \item {\tt wxMINOR\_VERSION} is the minor version of wxWidgets | |
ff8fda36 | 297 | \item {\tt wxRELEASE\_NUMBER} is the release number |
eeade4cc VZ |
298 | \item {\tt wxSUBRELEASE\_NUMBER} is the subrelease number which is $0$ for all |
299 | official releases | |
f6bcfd97 BP |
300 | \end{itemize} |
301 | ||
fc2171bd | 302 | For example, the values or these constants for wxWidgets 2.1.15 are 2, 1 and |
f6bcfd97 BP |
303 | 15. |
304 | ||
305 | Additionally, {\tt wxVERSION\_STRING} is a user-readable string containing | |
fc2171bd | 306 | the full wxWidgets version and {\tt wxVERSION\_NUMBER} is a combination of the |
f6bcfd97 | 307 | three version numbers above: for 2.1.15, it is 2115 and it is 2200 for |
fc2171bd | 308 | wxWidgets 2.2. |
f6bcfd97 | 309 | |
eeade4cc VZ |
310 | The subrelease number is only used for the sources in between official releases |
311 | and so normally is not useful. | |
312 | ||
f6bcfd97 BP |
313 | \wxheading{Include files} |
314 | ||
315 | <wx/version.h> or <wx/defs.h> | |
316 | ||
84ed77ef | 317 | |
eeade4cc VZ |
318 | \membersection{wxCHECK\_GCC\_VERSION}\label{wxcheckgccversion} |
319 | ||
09d66b2b | 320 | \func{bool}{wxCHECK\_GCC\_VERSION}{\param{}{major, minor}} |
eeade4cc VZ |
321 | |
322 | Returns $1$ if the compiler being used to compile the code is GNU C++ | |
09d66b2b | 323 | compiler (g++) version major.minor or greater. Otherwise, and also if |
eeade4cc VZ |
324 | the compiler is not GNU C++ at all, returns $0$. |
325 | ||
326 | ||
2686d933 VZ |
327 | \membersection{wxCHECK\_SUNCC\_VERSION}\label{wxchecksunccversion} |
328 | ||
329 | \func{bool}{wxCHECK\_SUNCC\_VERSION}{\param{}{major, minor}} | |
330 | ||
331 | Returns $1$ if the compiler being used to compile the code is Sun CC Pro | |
332 | compiler and its version is at least \texttt{major.minor}. Otherwise returns | |
333 | $0$. | |
334 | ||
335 | ||
f6bcfd97 BP |
336 | \membersection{wxCHECK\_VERSION}\label{wxcheckversion} |
337 | ||
338 | \func{bool}{wxCHECK\_VERSION}{\param{}{major, minor, release}} | |
339 | ||
fc2171bd | 340 | This is a macro which evaluates to true if the current wxWidgets version is at |
f6bcfd97 BP |
341 | least major.minor.release. |
342 | ||
fc2171bd | 343 | For example, to test if the program is compiled with wxWidgets 2.2 or higher, |
f6bcfd97 BP |
344 | the following can be done: |
345 | ||
346 | \begin{verbatim} | |
347 | wxString s; | |
348 | #if wxCHECK_VERSION(2, 2, 0) | |
349 | if ( s.StartsWith("foo") ) | |
350 | #else // replacement code for old version | |
351 | if ( strncmp(s, "foo", 3) == 0 ) | |
352 | #endif | |
353 | { | |
354 | ... | |
355 | } | |
356 | \end{verbatim} | |
a660d684 | 357 | |
84ed77ef | 358 | |
eeade4cc | 359 | \membersection{wxCHECK\_VERSION\_FULL}\label{wxcheckversionfull} |
a30c309a | 360 | |
eeade4cc | 361 | \func{bool}{wxCHECK\_VERSION\_FULL}{\param{}{major, minor, release, subrel}} |
a30c309a | 362 | |
9d8aca48 | 363 | Same as \helpref{wxCHECK\_VERSION}{wxcheckversion} but also checks that |
eeade4cc | 364 | \texttt{wxSUBRELEASE\_NUMBER} is at least \arg{subrel}. |
a30c309a | 365 | |
84ed77ef | 366 | |
a30c309a VZ |
367 | \membersection{wxCHECK\_W32API\_VERSION}\label{wxcheckw32apiversion} |
368 | ||
fbcb0229 | 369 | \func{bool}{wxCHECK\_W32API\_VERSION}{\param{}{major, minor, release}} |
a30c309a VZ |
370 | |
371 | Returns $1$ if the version of w32api headers used is major.minor.release or | |
372 | greater. Otherwise, and also if we are not compiling with mingw32/cygwin under | |
373 | Win32 at all, returns $0$. | |
374 | ||
84ed77ef VZ |
375 | |
376 | ||
b0fc8832 | 377 | \section{Application initialization and termination}\label{appinifunctions} |
c88275cb | 378 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
379 | The functions in this section are used on application startup/shutdown and also |
380 | to control the behaviour of the main event loop of the GUI programs. | |
c88275cb | 381 | |
84ed77ef | 382 | |
b0fc8832 | 383 | \membersection{::wxEntry}\label{wxentry} |
c88275cb | 384 | |
9b2d4f0e VZ |
385 | This initializes wxWidgets in a platform-dependent way. Use this if you are not |
386 | using the default wxWidgets entry code (e.g. main or WinMain). For example, you | |
387 | can initialize wxWidgets from an Microsoft Foundation Classes application using | |
b0fc8832 | 388 | this function. |
c88275cb | 389 | |
9b2d4f0e | 390 | The following overload of wxEntry is available under all platforms: |
c88275cb | 391 | |
9b2d4f0e | 392 | \func{int}{wxEntry}{\param{int\&}{ argc}, \param{wxChar **}{argv}} |
c88275cb | 393 | |
9b2d4f0e VZ |
394 | Under MS Windows, an additional overload suitable for calling from |
395 | \texttt{WinMain} is available: | |
c88275cb | 396 | |
9b2d4f0e | 397 | \func{int}{wxEntry}{\param{HINSTANCE }{hInstance}, \param{HINSTANCE }{hPrevInstance = \NULL}, \param{char *}{pCmdLine = \NULL}, \param{int }{nCmdShow = \texttt{SW\_SHOWNORMAL}}} |
c88275cb | 398 | |
9b2d4f0e VZ |
399 | (notice that under Windows CE platform, and only there, the type of |
400 | \arg{pCmdLine} is \texttt{wchar\_t *}, otherwise it is \texttt{char *}, even in | |
401 | Unicode build). | |
c88275cb | 402 | |
9b2d4f0e VZ |
403 | \wxheading{See also} |
404 | ||
405 | \helpref{wxEntryStart}{wxentrystart} | |
c88275cb | 406 | |
b0fc8832 | 407 | \wxheading{Remarks} |
c88275cb | 408 | |
fc2171bd JS |
409 | To clean up wxWidgets, call wxApp::OnExit followed by the static function |
410 | wxApp::CleanUp. For example, if exiting from an MFC application that also uses wxWidgets: | |
4aff28fc | 411 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
412 | \begin{verbatim} |
413 | int CTheApp::ExitInstance() | |
414 | { | |
415 | // OnExit isn't called by CleanUp so must be called explicitly. | |
416 | wxTheApp->OnExit(); | |
417 | wxApp::CleanUp(); | |
418 | ||
419 | return CWinApp::ExitInstance(); | |
c88275cb RR |
420 | } |
421 | \end{verbatim} | |
422 | ||
b0fc8832 | 423 | \wxheading{Include files} |
c88275cb | 424 | |
b0fc8832 | 425 | <wx/app.h> |
c88275cb | 426 | |
749caeeb | 427 | |
84ed77ef | 428 | |
9b2d4f0e VZ |
429 | \membersection{::wxEntryCleanup}\label{wxentrycleanup} |
430 | ||
431 | \func{void}{wxEntryCleanup}{\void} | |
432 | ||
433 | Free resources allocated by a successful call to \helpref{wxEntryStart}{wxentrystart}. | |
434 | ||
435 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
436 | ||
437 | <wx/init.h> | |
438 | ||
439 | ||
440 | \membersection{::wxEntryStart}\label{wxentrystart} | |
441 | ||
442 | \func{bool}{wxEntryStart}{\param{int\&}{ argc}, \param{wxChar **}{argv}} | |
443 | ||
444 | This function can be used to perform the initialization of wxWidgets if you | |
445 | can't use the default initialization code for any reason. | |
446 | ||
447 | If the function returns \true, the initialization was successful and the global | |
448 | \helpref{wxApp}{wxapp} object \texttt{wxTheApp} has been created. Moreover, | |
449 | \helpref{wxEntryCleanup}{wxentrycleanup} must be called afterwards. If the | |
450 | function returns \false, a catastrophic initialization error occured and (at | |
451 | least the GUI part of) the library can't be used at all. | |
452 | ||
453 | Notice that parameters \arg{argc} and \arg{argv} may be modified by this | |
454 | function. | |
455 | ||
d76a558d VZ |
456 | An additional overload of wxEntryStart() is provided under MSW only: it is |
457 | meant to be called with the parameters passed to \texttt{WinMain()}. | |
458 | ||
459 | \func{bool}{wxEntryStart}{\param{HINSTANCE }{hInstance}, \param{HINSTANCE }{hPrevInstance = \NULL}, \param{char *}{pCmdLine = \NULL}, \param{int }{nCmdShow = \texttt{SW\_SHOWNORMAL}}} | |
460 | ||
461 | (notice that under Windows CE platform, and only there, the type of | |
462 | \arg{pCmdLine} is \texttt{wchar\_t *}, otherwise it is \texttt{char *}, even in | |
463 | Unicode build). | |
464 | ||
9b2d4f0e VZ |
465 | \wxheading{Include files} |
466 | ||
467 | <wx/init.h> | |
468 | ||
469 | ||
749caeeb VZ |
470 | \membersection{::wxGetApp}\label{wxgetapp} |
471 | ||
472 | \func{wxAppDerivedClass\&}{wxGetApp}{\void} | |
473 | ||
fc2171bd | 474 | This function doesn't exist in wxWidgets but it is created by using |
749caeeb VZ |
475 | the \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_APP}{implementapp} macro. Thus, before using it |
476 | anywhere but in the same module where this macro is used, you must make it | |
477 | available using \helpref{DECLARE\_APP}{declareapp}. | |
478 | ||
479 | The advantage of using this function compared to directly using the global | |
480 | wxTheApp pointer is that the latter is of type {\tt wxApp *} and so wouldn't | |
481 | allow you to access the functions specific to your application class but not | |
482 | present in wxApp while wxGetApp() returns the object of the right type. | |
483 | ||
84ed77ef | 484 | |
b0fc8832 | 485 | \membersection{::wxHandleFatalExceptions}\label{wxhandlefatalexceptions} |
c88275cb | 486 | |
cc81d32f | 487 | \func{bool}{wxHandleFatalExceptions}{\param{bool}{ doIt = true}} |
c88275cb | 488 | |
cc81d32f | 489 | If {\it doIt} is true, the fatal exceptions (also known as general protection |
b0fc8832 VZ |
490 | faults under Windows or segmentation violations in the Unix world) will be |
491 | caught and passed to \helpref{wxApp::OnFatalException}{wxapponfatalexception}. | |
492 | By default, i.e. before this function is called, they will be handled in the | |
493 | normal way which usually just means that the application will be terminated. | |
cc81d32f | 494 | Calling wxHandleFatalExceptions() with {\it doIt} equal to false will restore |
b0fc8832 | 495 | this default behaviour. |
c88275cb | 496 | |
3dce0e4d VZ |
497 | Notice that this function is only available if |
498 | \texttt{wxUSE\_ON\_FATAL\_EXCEPTION} is $1$ and under Windows platform this | |
499 | requires a compiler with support for SEH (structured exception handling) which | |
500 | currently means only Microsoft Visual C++ or a recent Borland C++ version. | |
501 | ||
84ed77ef | 502 | |
b0fc8832 | 503 | \membersection{::wxInitAllImageHandlers}\label{wxinitallimagehandlers} |
a660d684 | 504 | |
b0fc8832 | 505 | \func{void}{wxInitAllImageHandlers}{\void} |
954b8ae6 | 506 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
507 | Initializes all available image handlers. For a list of available handlers, |
508 | see \helpref{wxImage}{wximage}. | |
954b8ae6 JS |
509 | |
510 | \wxheading{See also} | |
511 | ||
b0fc8832 | 512 | \helpref{wxImage}{wximage}, \helpref{wxImageHandler}{wximagehandler} |
a660d684 | 513 | |
b0fc8832 | 514 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 515 | |
b0fc8832 | 516 | <wx/image.h> |
a660d684 | 517 | |
84ed77ef | 518 | |
b0fc8832 | 519 | \membersection{::wxInitialize}\label{wxinitialize} |
a660d684 | 520 | |
b0fc8832 | 521 | \func{bool}{wxInitialize}{\void} |
a660d684 | 522 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
523 | This function is used in wxBase only and only if you don't create |
524 | \helpref{wxApp}{wxapp} object at all. In this case you must call it from your | |
fc2171bd | 525 | {\tt main()} function before calling any other wxWidgets functions. |
a660d684 | 526 | |
43e8916f | 527 | If the function returns \false the initialization could not be performed, |
b0fc8832 VZ |
528 | in this case the library cannot be used and |
529 | \helpref{wxUninitialize}{wxuninitialize} shouldn't be called neither. | |
a660d684 | 530 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
531 | This function may be called several times but |
532 | \helpref{wxUninitialize}{wxuninitialize} must be called for each successful | |
533 | call to this function. | |
a660d684 | 534 | |
b0fc8832 | 535 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a47ce4a7 | 536 | |
b0fc8832 | 537 | <wx/app.h> |
a47ce4a7 | 538 | |
84ed77ef | 539 | |
b0fc8832 | 540 | \membersection{::wxSafeYield}\label{wxsafeyield} |
a47ce4a7 | 541 | |
b829bf55 | 542 | \func{bool}{wxSafeYield}{\param{wxWindow*}{ win = NULL}, \param{bool}{ |
cc81d32f | 543 | onlyIfNeeded = false}} |
a660d684 | 544 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
545 | This function is similar to wxYield, except that it disables the user input to |
546 | all program windows before calling wxYield and re-enables it again | |
547 | afterwards. If {\it win} is not NULL, this window will remain enabled, | |
548 | allowing the implementation of some limited user interaction. | |
a660d684 | 549 | |
b0fc8832 | 550 | Returns the result of the call to \helpref{::wxYield}{wxyield}. |
532372a3 | 551 | |
b0fc8832 | 552 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 553 | |
b0fc8832 | 554 | <wx/utils.h> |
a660d684 | 555 | |
84ed77ef | 556 | |
b0fc8832 | 557 | \membersection{::wxUninitialize}\label{wxuninitialize} |
a660d684 | 558 | |
b0fc8832 | 559 | \func{void}{wxUninitialize}{\void} |
a660d684 | 560 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
561 | This function is for use in console (wxBase) programs only. It must be called |
562 | once for each previous successful call to \helpref{wxInitialize}{wxinitialize}. | |
a660d684 | 563 | |
b0fc8832 | 564 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 565 | |
b0fc8832 | 566 | <wx/app.h> |
a660d684 | 567 | |
84ed77ef | 568 | |
b0fc8832 | 569 | \membersection{::wxYield}\label{wxyield} |
a660d684 | 570 | |
b0fc8832 | 571 | \func{bool}{wxYield}{\void} |
a660d684 | 572 | |
b0fc8832 | 573 | Calls \helpref{wxApp::Yield}{wxappyield}. |
a660d684 | 574 | |
b829bf55 | 575 | This function is kept only for backwards compatibility. Please use |
2b5f62a0 | 576 | the \helpref{wxApp::Yield}{wxappyield} method instead in any new code. |
a660d684 | 577 | |
b0fc8832 | 578 | \wxheading{Include files} |
5ab656cd | 579 | |
b0fc8832 | 580 | <wx/app.h> or <wx/utils.h> |
eadd7bd2 | 581 | |
84ed77ef | 582 | |
b0fc8832 | 583 | \membersection{::wxWakeUpIdle}\label{wxwakeupidle} |
eadd7bd2 | 584 | |
b0fc8832 | 585 | \func{void}{wxWakeUpIdle}{\void} |
eadd7bd2 | 586 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
587 | This functions wakes up the (internal and platform dependent) idle system, i.e. it |
588 | will force the system to send an idle event even if the system currently {\it is} | |
589 | idle and thus would not send any idle event until after some other event would get | |
590 | sent. This is also useful for sending events between two threads and is used by | |
591 | the corresponding functions \helpref{::wxPostEvent}{wxpostevent} and | |
592 | \helpref{wxEvtHandler::AddPendingEvent}{wxevthandleraddpendingevent}. | |
eadd7bd2 | 593 | |
b0fc8832 | 594 | \wxheading{Include files} |
eadd7bd2 | 595 | |
7a0a4c09 | 596 | <wx/app.h> |
eadd7bd2 | 597 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
598 | |
599 | ||
b0fc8832 | 600 | \section{Process control functions}\label{processfunctions} |
eadd7bd2 | 601 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
602 | The functions in this section are used to launch or terminate the other |
603 | processes. | |
eadd7bd2 | 604 | |
84ed77ef | 605 | |
b0fc8832 | 606 | \membersection{::wxExecute}\label{wxexecute} |
631f1bfe | 607 | |
fbf456aa | 608 | \func{long}{wxExecute}{\param{const wxString\& }{command}, \param{int }{sync = wxEXEC\_ASYNC}, \param{wxProcess *}{callback = NULL}} |
631f1bfe | 609 | |
d6c6a323 MB |
610 | \perlnote{In wxPerl this function is called \texttt{Wx::ExecuteCommand}} |
611 | ||
fbf456aa | 612 | \func{long}{wxExecute}{\param{char **}{argv}, \param{int }{flags = wxEXEC\_ASYNC}, \param{wxProcess *}{callback = NULL}} |
631f1bfe | 613 | |
d6c6a323 MB |
614 | \perlnote{In wxPerl this function is called \texttt{Wx::ExecuteArgs}} |
615 | ||
4d172154 | 616 | \func{long}{wxExecute}{\param{const wxString\& }{command}, \param{wxArrayString\& }{output}, \param{int }{flags = 0}} |
a660d684 | 617 | |
d6c6a323 MB |
618 | \perlnote{In wxPerl this function is called \texttt{Wx::ExecuteStdout} and it |
619 | only takes the {\tt command} argument, | |
9722642d MB |
620 | and returns a 2-element list {\tt ( status, output )}, where {\tt output} is |
621 | an array reference.} | |
622 | ||
4d172154 | 623 | \func{long}{wxExecute}{\param{const wxString\& }{command}, \param{wxArrayString\& }{output}, \param{wxArrayString\& }{errors}, \param{int }{flags = 0}} |
a660d684 | 624 | |
9d8aca48 | 625 | \perlnote{In wxPerl this function is called \texttt{Wx::ExecuteStdoutStderr} |
d6c6a323 | 626 | and it only takes the {\tt command} argument, |
9722642d MB |
627 | and returns a 3-element list {\tt ( status, output, errors )}, where |
628 | {\tt output} and {\tt errors} are array references.} | |
629 | ||
b0fc8832 | 630 | Executes another program in Unix or Windows. |
a660d684 | 631 | |
b0fc8832 | 632 | The first form takes a command string, such as {\tt "emacs file.txt"}. |
a660d684 | 633 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
634 | The second form takes an array of values: a command, any number of |
635 | arguments, terminated by NULL. | |
a660d684 | 636 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
637 | The semantics of the third and fourth versions is different from the first two |
638 | and is described in more details below. | |
a660d684 | 639 | |
fbf456aa VZ |
640 | If {\it flags} parameter contains {\tt wxEXEC\_ASYNC} flag (the default), flow |
641 | of control immediately returns. If it contains {\tt wxEXEC\_SYNC}, the current | |
642 | application waits until the other program has terminated. | |
a660d684 | 643 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
644 | In the case of synchronous execution, the return value is the exit code of |
645 | the process (which terminates by the moment the function returns) and will be | |
646 | $-1$ if the process couldn't be started and typically 0 if the process | |
647 | terminated successfully. Also, while waiting for the process to | |
f38f6899 VZ |
648 | terminate, wxExecute will call \helpref{wxYield}{wxyield}. Because of this, by |
649 | default this function disables all application windows to avoid unexpected | |
650 | reentrancies which could result from the users interaction with the program | |
651 | while the child process is running. If you are sure that it is safe to not | |
652 | disable the program windows, you may pass \texttt{wxEXEC\_NODISABLE} flag to | |
653 | prevent this automatic disabling from happening. | |
a660d684 | 654 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
655 | For asynchronous execution, however, the return value is the process id and |
656 | zero value indicates that the command could not be executed. As an added | |
2edb0bde | 657 | complication, the return value of $-1$ in this case indicates that we didn't |
b0fc8832 VZ |
658 | launch a new process, but connected to the running one (this can only happen in |
659 | case of using DDE under Windows for command execution). In particular, in this, | |
660 | and only this, case the calling code will not get the notification about | |
661 | process termination. | |
a660d684 | 662 | |
b829bf55 | 663 | If callback isn't NULL and if execution is asynchronous, |
b0fc8832 | 664 | \helpref{wxProcess::OnTerminate}{wxprocessonterminate} will be called when |
fbf456aa | 665 | the process finishes. Specifying this parameter also allows you to redirect the |
b829bf55 | 666 | standard input and/or output of the process being launched by calling |
fbf456aa VZ |
667 | \helpref{Redirect}{wxprocessredirect}. If the child process IO is redirected, |
668 | under Windows the process window is not shown by default (this avoids having to | |
669 | flush an unnecessary console for the processes which don't create any windows | |
670 | anyhow) but a {\tt wxEXEC\_NOHIDE} flag can be used to prevent this from | |
671 | happening, i.e. with this flag the child process window will be shown normally. | |
a660d684 | 672 | |
e1082c9f VZ |
673 | Under Unix the flag {\tt wxEXEC\_MAKE\_GROUP\_LEADER} may be used to ensure |
674 | that the new process is a group leader (this will create a new session if | |
e0f6b731 | 675 | needed). Calling \helpref{wxKill}{wxkill} passing wxKILL\_CHILDREN will |
ece291c7 | 676 | kill this process as well as all of its children (except those which have |
e0f6b731 | 677 | started their own session). |
e1082c9f | 678 | |
bc855d09 VZ |
679 | The {\tt wxEXEC\_NOEVENTS} flag prevents processing of any events from taking |
680 | place while the child process is running. It should be only used for very | |
681 | short-lived processes as otherwise the application windows risk becoming | |
682 | unresponsive from the users point of view. As this flag only makes sense with | |
683 | {\tt wxEXEC\_SYNC}, {\tt wxEXEC\_BLOCK} equal to the sum of both of these flags | |
684 | is provided as a convenience. | |
685 | ||
b0fc8832 | 686 | Finally, you may use the third overloaded version of this function to execute |
9d8aca48 | 687 | a process (always synchronously, the contents of \arg{flags} is or'd with |
12f6571f | 688 | \texttt{wxEXEC\_SYNC}) and capture its output in the array \arg{output}. The |
4d172154 VZ |
689 | fourth version adds the possibility to additionally capture the messages from |
690 | standard error output in the \arg{errors} array. | |
a660d684 | 691 | |
647b8e37 VZ |
692 | {\bf NB:} Currently wxExecute() can only be used from the main thread, calling |
693 | this function from another thread will result in an assert failure in debug | |
694 | build and won't work. | |
695 | ||
696 | \wxheading{See also} | |
697 | ||
698 | \helpref{wxShell}{wxshell}, \helpref{wxProcess}{wxprocess}, \helpref{Exec sample}{sampleexec}. | |
a660d684 | 699 | |
fbf456aa VZ |
700 | \wxheading{Parameters} |
701 | ||
702 | \docparam{command}{The command to execute and any parameters to pass to it as a | |
703 | single string.} | |
704 | ||
705 | \docparam{argv}{The command to execute should be the first element of this | |
706 | array, any additional ones are the command parameters and the array must be | |
707 | terminated with a NULL pointer.} | |
708 | ||
d2c2afc9 | 709 | \docparam{flags}{Combination of bit masks {\tt wxEXEC\_ASYNC},\rtfsp |
fbf456aa VZ |
710 | {\tt wxEXEC\_SYNC} and {\tt wxEXEC\_NOHIDE}} |
711 | ||
712 | \docparam{callback}{An optional pointer to \helpref{wxProcess}{wxprocess}} | |
713 | ||
b0fc8832 | 714 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 715 | |
b0fc8832 | 716 | <wx/utils.h> |
a660d684 | 717 | |
84ed77ef | 718 | |
b0fc8832 | 719 | \membersection{::wxExit}\label{wxexit} |
a660d684 | 720 | |
b0fc8832 | 721 | \func{void}{wxExit}{\void} |
7af89395 | 722 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
723 | Exits application after calling \helpref{wxApp::OnExit}{wxapponexit}. |
724 | Should only be used in an emergency: normally the top-level frame | |
725 | should be deleted (after deleting all other frames) to terminate the | |
f4fcc291 | 726 | application. See \helpref{wxCloseEvent}{wxcloseevent} and \helpref{wxApp}{wxapp}. |
7af89395 | 727 | |
b0fc8832 | 728 | \wxheading{Include files} |
7af89395 | 729 | |
b0fc8832 | 730 | <wx/app.h> |
a660d684 | 731 | |
84ed77ef | 732 | |
abbb59e8 VZ |
733 | \membersection{::wxJoin}\label{wxjoin} |
734 | ||
854386fd | 735 | \func{wxString}{wxJoin}{\param{const wxArrayString\&}{ arr}, \param{const wxChar}{ sep}, \param{const wxChar}{ escape = '$\backslash$'}} |
abbb59e8 VZ |
736 | |
737 | Concatenate all lines of the given \helpref{wxArrayString}{wxarraystring} object using the separator \arg{sep} and returns | |
854386fd | 738 | the result as a \helpref{wxString}{wxstring}. |
abbb59e8 VZ |
739 | |
740 | If the \arg{escape} character is non-\NULL, then it's used as prefix for each occurrence of \arg{sep} | |
741 | in the strings contained in \arg{arr} before joining them which is necessary | |
742 | in order to be able to recover the original array contents from the string | |
743 | later using \helpref{wxSplit}{wxsplit}. | |
744 | ||
745 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
746 | ||
747 | <wx/arrstr.h> | |
748 | ||
749 | ||
b0fc8832 | 750 | \membersection{::wxKill}\label{wxkill} |
a660d684 | 751 | |
e0f6b731 | 752 | \func{int}{wxKill}{\param{long}{ pid}, \param{int}{ sig = wxSIGTERM}, \param{wxKillError }{*rc = NULL}, \param{int }{flags = 0}} |
7af89395 | 753 | |
b0fc8832 | 754 | Equivalent to the Unix kill function: send the given signal {\it sig} to the |
2edb0bde | 755 | process with PID {\it pid}. The valid signal values are |
a660d684 | 756 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
757 | \begin{verbatim} |
758 | enum wxSignal | |
759 | { | |
760 | wxSIGNONE = 0, // verify if the process exists under Unix | |
761 | wxSIGHUP, | |
762 | wxSIGINT, | |
763 | wxSIGQUIT, | |
764 | wxSIGILL, | |
765 | wxSIGTRAP, | |
766 | wxSIGABRT, | |
767 | wxSIGEMT, | |
768 | wxSIGFPE, | |
769 | wxSIGKILL, // forcefully kill, dangerous! | |
770 | wxSIGBUS, | |
771 | wxSIGSEGV, | |
772 | wxSIGSYS, | |
773 | wxSIGPIPE, | |
774 | wxSIGALRM, | |
775 | wxSIGTERM // terminate the process gently | |
776 | }; | |
777 | \end{verbatim} | |
a660d684 | 778 | |
b0fc8832 | 779 | {\tt wxSIGNONE}, {\tt wxSIGKILL} and {\tt wxSIGTERM} have the same meaning |
9d8aca48 | 780 | under both Unix and Windows but all the other signals are equivalent to |
b0fc8832 | 781 | {\tt wxSIGTERM} under Windows. |
a660d684 | 782 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
783 | Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure. If {\it rc} parameter is not NULL, it will |
784 | be filled with an element of {\tt wxKillError} enum: | |
a660d684 | 785 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
786 | \begin{verbatim} |
787 | enum wxKillError | |
788 | { | |
789 | wxKILL_OK, // no error | |
790 | wxKILL_BAD_SIGNAL, // no such signal | |
791 | wxKILL_ACCESS_DENIED, // permission denied | |
792 | wxKILL_NO_PROCESS, // no such process | |
793 | wxKILL_ERROR // another, unspecified error | |
794 | }; | |
795 | \end{verbatim} | |
c0ab6adf | 796 | |
e0f6b731 JS |
797 | The {\it flags} parameter can be wxKILL\_NOCHILDREN (the default), |
798 | or wxKILL\_CHILDREN, in which case the child processes of this | |
799 | process will be killed too. Note that under Unix, for wxKILL\_CHILDREN | |
bb772a8e | 800 | to work you should have created the process by passing wxEXEC\_MAKE\_GROUP\_LEADER |
e0f6b731 JS |
801 | to wxExecute. |
802 | ||
b0fc8832 | 803 | \wxheading{See also} |
ade35f11 | 804 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
805 | \helpref{wxProcess::Kill}{wxprocesskill},\rtfsp |
806 | \helpref{wxProcess::Exists}{wxprocessexists},\rtfsp | |
807 | \helpref{Exec sample}{sampleexec} | |
a660d684 | 808 | |
b0fc8832 | 809 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 810 | |
b0fc8832 | 811 | <wx/utils.h> |
a660d684 | 812 | |
84ed77ef | 813 | |
c1cb4153 VZ |
814 | \membersection{::wxGetProcessId}\label{wxgetprocessid} |
815 | ||
816 | \func{unsigned long}{wxGetProcessId}{\void} | |
817 | ||
818 | Returns the number uniquely identifying the current process in the system. | |
819 | ||
820 | If an error occurs, $0$ is returned. | |
821 | ||
822 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
823 | ||
824 | <wx/utils.h> | |
825 | ||
84ed77ef | 826 | |
b0fc8832 | 827 | \membersection{::wxShell}\label{wxshell} |
a660d684 | 828 | |
b0fc8832 | 829 | \func{bool}{wxShell}{\param{const wxString\& }{command = NULL}} |
a660d684 | 830 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
831 | Executes a command in an interactive shell window. If no command is |
832 | specified, then just the shell is spawned. | |
a660d684 | 833 | |
b0fc8832 | 834 | See also \helpref{wxExecute}{wxexecute}, \helpref{Exec sample}{sampleexec}. |
a660d684 | 835 | |
b0fc8832 | 836 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 837 | |
b0fc8832 | 838 | <wx/utils.h> |
a660d684 | 839 | |
84ed77ef | 840 | |
f6ba47d9 VZ |
841 | \membersection{::wxShutdown}\label{wxshutdown} |
842 | ||
843 | \func{bool}{wxShutdown}{\param{wxShutdownFlags}{flags}} | |
844 | ||
b829bf55 | 845 | This function shuts down or reboots the computer depending on the value of the |
f6ba47d9 | 846 | {\it flags}. Please notice that doing this requires the corresponding access |
154b6b0f | 847 | rights (superuser under Unix, {\tt SE\_SHUTDOWN} privilege under Windows NT) |
f6ba47d9 VZ |
848 | and that this function is only implemented under Unix and Win32. |
849 | ||
850 | \wxheading{Parameters} | |
851 | ||
852 | \docparam{flags}{Either {\tt wxSHUTDOWN\_POWEROFF} or {\tt wxSHUTDOWN\_REBOOT}} | |
853 | ||
854 | \wxheading{Returns} | |
855 | ||
43e8916f | 856 | \true on success, \false if an error occurred. |
f6ba47d9 VZ |
857 | |
858 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
859 | ||
860 | <wx/utils.h> | |
a660d684 | 861 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
862 | |
863 | ||
b0fc8832 | 864 | \section{Thread functions}\label{threadfunctions} |
1a33c3ba | 865 | |
789bdf9b VZ |
866 | The functions and macros here mainly exist to make it writing the code which |
867 | may be compiled in multi thread build ({\tt wxUSE\_THREADS} $= 1$) as well as | |
868 | in single thread configuration ({\tt wxUSE\_THREADS} $= 0$). | |
869 | ||
870 | For example, a static variable must be protected against simultaneous access by | |
871 | multiple threads in the former configuration but in the latter the extra | |
872 | overhead of using the critical section is not needed. To solve this problem, | |
873 | the \helpref{wxCRITICAL\_SECTION}{wxcriticalsectionmacro} macro may be used | |
874 | to create and use the critical section only when needed. | |
875 | ||
b0fc8832 | 876 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 877 | |
b0fc8832 | 878 | <wx/thread.h> |
a660d684 | 879 | |
b0fc8832 | 880 | \wxheading{See also} |
a660d684 | 881 | |
b0fc8832 | 882 | \helpref{wxThread}{wxthread}, \helpref{wxMutex}{wxmutex}, \helpref{Multithreading overview}{wxthreadoverview} |
a660d684 | 883 | |
789bdf9b | 884 | |
84ed77ef | 885 | |
789bdf9b VZ |
886 | \membersection{wxCRIT\_SECT\_DECLARE}\label{wxcritsectdeclare} |
887 | ||
888 | \func{}{wxCRIT\_SECT\_DECLARE}{\param{}{cs}} | |
889 | ||
9d8aca48 | 890 | This macro declares a (static) critical section object named {\it cs} if |
789bdf9b VZ |
891 | {\tt wxUSE\_THREADS} is $1$ and does nothing if it is $0$. |
892 | ||
893 | ||
84ed77ef | 894 | |
db882c54 VZ |
895 | \membersection{wxCRIT\_SECT\_DECLARE\_MEMBER}\label{wxcritsectdeclaremember} |
896 | ||
897 | \func{}{wxCRIT\_SECT\_DECLARE}{\param{}{cs}} | |
898 | ||
9d8aca48 | 899 | This macro declares a critical section object named {\it cs} if |
db882c54 | 900 | {\tt wxUSE\_THREADS} is $1$ and does nothing if it is $0$. As it doesn't |
9d8aca48 | 901 | include the {\tt static} keyword (unlike |
db882c54 VZ |
902 | \helpref{wxCRIT\_SECT\_DECLARE}{wxcritsectdeclare}), it can be used to declare |
903 | a class or struct member which explains its name. | |
904 | ||
905 | ||
84ed77ef | 906 | |
789bdf9b VZ |
907 | \membersection{wxCRIT\_SECT\_LOCKER}\label{wxcritsectlocker} |
908 | ||
909 | \func{}{wxCRIT\_SECT\_LOCKER}{\param{}{name}, \param{}{cs}} | |
910 | ||
9d8aca48 WS |
911 | This macro creates a \helpref{critical section lock}{wxcriticalsectionlocker} |
912 | object named {\it name} and associated with the critical section {\it cs} if | |
789bdf9b VZ |
913 | {\tt wxUSE\_THREADS} is $1$ and does nothing if it is $0$. |
914 | ||
915 | ||
84ed77ef | 916 | |
789bdf9b VZ |
917 | \membersection{wxCRITICAL\_SECTION}\label{wxcriticalsectionmacro} |
918 | ||
919 | \func{}{wxCRITICAL\_SECTION}{\param{}{name}} | |
920 | ||
9d8aca48 | 921 | This macro combines \helpref{wxCRIT\_SECT\_DECLARE}{wxcritsectdeclare} and |
789bdf9b VZ |
922 | \helpref{wxCRIT\_SECT\_LOCKER}{wxcritsectlocker}: it creates a static critical |
923 | section object and also the lock object associated with it. Because of this, it | |
924 | can be only used inside a function, not at global scope. For example: | |
925 | ||
926 | \begin{verbatim} | |
927 | int IncCount() | |
928 | { | |
929 | static int s_counter = 0; | |
930 | ||
931 | wxCRITICAL_SECTION(counter); | |
932 | ||
933 | return ++s_counter; | |
934 | } | |
935 | \end{verbatim} | |
936 | ||
937 | (note that we suppose that the function is called the first time from the main | |
938 | thread so that the critical section object is initialized correctly by the time | |
9d8aca48 | 939 | other threads start calling it, if this is not the case this approach can |
789bdf9b VZ |
940 | {\bf not} be used and the critical section must be made a global instead). |
941 | ||
942 | ||
84ed77ef | 943 | |
789bdf9b VZ |
944 | \membersection{wxENTER\_CRIT\_SECT}\label{wxentercritsect} |
945 | ||
946 | \func{}{wxENTER\_CRIT\_SECT}{\param{wxCriticalSection\& }{cs}} | |
947 | ||
9d8aca48 | 948 | This macro is equivalent to \helpref{cs.Enter()}{wxcriticalsectionenter} if |
789bdf9b VZ |
949 | {\tt wxUSE\_THREADS} is $1$ and does nothing if it is $0$. |
950 | ||
951 | ||
84ed77ef | 952 | |
789bdf9b VZ |
953 | \membersection{::wxIsMainThread}\label{wxismainthread} |
954 | ||
955 | \func{bool}{wxIsMainThread}{\void} | |
956 | ||
43e8916f | 957 | Returns \true if this thread is the main one. Always returns \true if |
789bdf9b VZ |
958 | {\tt wxUSE\_THREADS} is $0$. |
959 | ||
960 | ||
84ed77ef | 961 | |
789bdf9b VZ |
962 | \membersection{wxLEAVE\_CRIT\_SECT}\label{wxleavecritsect} |
963 | ||
964 | \func{}{wxLEAVE\_CRIT\_SECT}{\param{wxCriticalSection\& }{cs}} | |
965 | ||
9d8aca48 | 966 | This macro is equivalent to \helpref{cs.Leave()}{wxcriticalsectionleave} if |
789bdf9b VZ |
967 | {\tt wxUSE\_THREADS} is $1$ and does nothing if it is $0$. |
968 | ||
969 | ||
84ed77ef | 970 | |
b0fc8832 | 971 | \membersection{::wxMutexGuiEnter}\label{wxmutexguienter} |
a660d684 | 972 | |
b0fc8832 | 973 | \func{void}{wxMutexGuiEnter}{\void} |
a660d684 | 974 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
975 | This function must be called when any thread other than the main GUI thread |
976 | wants to get access to the GUI library. This function will block the execution | |
977 | of the calling thread until the main thread (or any other thread holding the | |
978 | main GUI lock) leaves the GUI library and no other thread will enter the GUI | |
979 | library until the calling thread calls \helpref{::wxMutexGuiLeave()}{wxmutexguileave}. | |
a660d684 | 980 | |
b0fc8832 | 981 | Typically, these functions are used like this: |
a660d684 | 982 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
983 | \begin{verbatim} |
984 | void MyThread::Foo(void) | |
985 | { | |
986 | // before doing any GUI calls we must ensure that this thread is the only | |
987 | // one doing it! | |
a660d684 | 988 | |
b0fc8832 | 989 | wxMutexGuiEnter(); |
a660d684 | 990 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
991 | // Call GUI here: |
992 | my_window->DrawSomething(); | |
a660d684 | 993 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
994 | wxMutexGuiLeave(); |
995 | } | |
996 | \end{verbatim} | |
a660d684 | 997 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
998 | Note that under GTK, no creation of top-level windows is allowed in any |
999 | thread but the main one. | |
a660d684 | 1000 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1001 | This function is only defined on platforms which support preemptive |
1002 | threads. | |
d37fd2fa | 1003 | |
84ed77ef | 1004 | |
b0fc8832 | 1005 | \membersection{::wxMutexGuiLeave}\label{wxmutexguileave} |
d37fd2fa | 1006 | |
b0fc8832 | 1007 | \func{void}{wxMutexGuiLeave}{\void} |
d37fd2fa | 1008 | |
b0fc8832 | 1009 | See \helpref{::wxMutexGuiEnter()}{wxmutexguienter}. |
d37fd2fa | 1010 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1011 | This function is only defined on platforms which support preemptive |
1012 | threads. | |
d37fd2fa | 1013 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
1014 | |
1015 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1016 | \section{File functions}\label{filefunctions} |
d37fd2fa | 1017 | |
b0fc8832 | 1018 | \wxheading{Include files} |
ed93168b | 1019 | |
8482e4bd | 1020 | <wx/filefn.h> |
ed93168b | 1021 | |
b0fc8832 | 1022 | \wxheading{See also} |
ed93168b | 1023 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1024 | \helpref{wxPathList}{wxpathlist}\\ |
1025 | \helpref{wxDir}{wxdir}\\ | |
1026 | \helpref{wxFile}{wxfile}\\ | |
1027 | \helpref{wxFileName}{wxfilename} | |
ed93168b | 1028 | |
84ed77ef | 1029 | |
b0fc8832 | 1030 | \membersection{::wxDos2UnixFilename}\label{wxdos2unixfilename} |
ed93168b | 1031 | |
b0fc8832 | 1032 | \func{void}{wxDos2UnixFilename}{\param{wxChar *}{s}} |
d524e22d | 1033 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1034 | Converts a DOS to a Unix filename by replacing backslashes with forward |
1035 | slashes. | |
d524e22d | 1036 | |
84ed77ef | 1037 | |
f4fcc291 | 1038 | \membersection{::wxFileExists}\label{functionwxfileexists} |
d524e22d | 1039 | |
b0fc8832 | 1040 | \func{bool}{wxFileExists}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}} |
d524e22d | 1041 | |
c3558af5 | 1042 | Returns true if the file exists and is a plain file. |
e12be2f7 | 1043 | |
84ed77ef | 1044 | |
b0fc8832 | 1045 | \membersection{::wxFileModificationTime}\label{wxfilemodificationtime} |
d524e22d | 1046 | |
b0fc8832 | 1047 | \func{time\_t}{wxFileModificationTime}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}} |
d524e22d | 1048 | |
b0fc8832 | 1049 | Returns time of last modification of given file. |
d524e22d | 1050 | |
b2b4f8c0 VZ |
1051 | The function returns \texttt{(time\_t)}$-1$ if an error occurred (e.g. file not |
1052 | found). | |
40786029 | 1053 | |
84ed77ef | 1054 | |
b0fc8832 | 1055 | \membersection{::wxFileNameFromPath}\label{wxfilenamefrompath} |
d524e22d | 1056 | |
b0fc8832 | 1057 | \func{wxString}{wxFileNameFromPath}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}} |
d524e22d | 1058 | |
7ac13b21 | 1059 | \func{char *}{wxFileNameFromPath}{\param{char *}{path}} |
d524e22d | 1060 | |
b829bf55 | 1061 | {\bf NB:} This function is obsolete, please use |
2bd25c5a VZ |
1062 | \helpref{wxFileName::SplitPath}{wxfilenamesplitpath} instead. |
1063 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
1064 | Returns the filename for a full path. The second form returns a pointer to |
1065 | temporary storage that should not be deallocated. | |
d524e22d | 1066 | |
84ed77ef | 1067 | |
b0fc8832 | 1068 | \membersection{::wxFindFirstFile}\label{wxfindfirstfile} |
d524e22d | 1069 | |
86501081 | 1070 | \func{wxString}{wxFindFirstFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{spec}, \param{int}{ flags = 0}} |
d524e22d | 1071 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1072 | This function does directory searching; returns the first file |
1073 | that matches the path {\it spec}, or the empty string. Use \helpref{wxFindNextFile}{wxfindnextfile} to | |
1074 | get the next matching file. Neither will report the current directory "." or the | |
1075 | parent directory "..". | |
d524e22d | 1076 | |
f70c0443 WS |
1077 | \wxheading{Warning} |
1078 | ||
43e8916f | 1079 | As of wx 2.5.2, these functions are not thread-safe! (they use static variables). You probably want to use \helpref{wxDir::GetFirst}{wxdirgetfirst} or \helpref{wxDirTraverser}{wxdirtraverser} instead. |
f70c0443 | 1080 | |
b0fc8832 | 1081 | {\it spec} may contain wildcards. |
85ec2f26 | 1082 | |
b0fc8832 | 1083 | {\it flags} may be wxDIR for restricting the query to directories, wxFILE for files or zero for either. |
d524e22d | 1084 | |
b0fc8832 | 1085 | For example: |
d524e22d | 1086 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1087 | \begin{verbatim} |
1088 | wxString f = wxFindFirstFile("/home/project/*.*"); | |
8ea92b4d | 1089 | while ( !f.empty() ) |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1090 | { |
1091 | ... | |
1092 | f = wxFindNextFile(); | |
1093 | } | |
1094 | \end{verbatim} | |
d524e22d | 1095 | |
84ed77ef | 1096 | |
b0fc8832 | 1097 | \membersection{::wxFindNextFile}\label{wxfindnextfile} |
d524e22d | 1098 | |
b0fc8832 | 1099 | \func{wxString}{wxFindNextFile}{\void} |
e12be2f7 | 1100 | |
b0fc8832 | 1101 | Returns the next file that matches the path passed to \helpref{wxFindFirstFile}{wxfindfirstfile}. |
d524e22d | 1102 | |
b0fc8832 | 1103 | See \helpref{wxFindFirstFile}{wxfindfirstfile} for an example. |
d524e22d | 1104 | |
84ed77ef | 1105 | |
b0fc8832 | 1106 | \membersection{::wxGetDiskSpace}\label{wxgetdiskspace} |
d524e22d | 1107 | |
b0fc8832 | 1108 | \func{bool}{wxGetDiskSpace}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}, \param{wxLongLong }{*total = NULL}, \param{wxLongLong }{*free = NULL}} |
d524e22d | 1109 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1110 | This function returns the total number of bytes and number of free bytes on |
1111 | the disk containing the directory {\it path} (it should exist). Both | |
1112 | {\it total} and {\it free} parameters may be {\tt NULL} if the corresponding | |
1113 | information is not needed. | |
d524e22d | 1114 | |
b0fc8832 | 1115 | \wxheading{Returns} |
85ec2f26 | 1116 | |
43e8916f | 1117 | \true on success, \false if an error occurred (for example, the |
b0fc8832 | 1118 | directory doesn't exist). |
d524e22d | 1119 | |
b0fc8832 | 1120 | \wxheading{Portability} |
d524e22d | 1121 | |
b3eb9bf5 VZ |
1122 | The generic Unix implementation depends on the system having |
1123 | the \texttt{statfs()} or \texttt{statvfs()} function. | |
d524e22d | 1124 | |
fc2171bd | 1125 | This function first appeared in wxWidgets 2.3.2. |
d524e22d | 1126 | |
84ed77ef | 1127 | |
0912690b | 1128 | \membersection{::wxGetFileKind}\label{wxgetfilekind} |
3c70014d | 1129 | |
0912690b | 1130 | \func{wxFileKind}{wxGetFileKind}{\param{int }{fd}} |
3c70014d | 1131 | |
0912690b | 1132 | \func{wxFileKind}{wxGetFileKind}{\param{FILE *}{fp}} |
3c70014d MW |
1133 | |
1134 | Returns the type of an open file. Possible return values are: | |
1135 | ||
1136 | \begin{verbatim} | |
0912690b | 1137 | enum wxFileKind |
3c70014d | 1138 | { |
0912690b MW |
1139 | wxFILE_KIND_UNKNOWN, |
1140 | wxFILE_KIND_DISK, // a file supporting seeking to arbitrary offsets | |
1141 | wxFILE_KIND_TERMINAL, // a tty | |
1142 | wxFILE_KIND_PIPE // a pipe | |
3c70014d MW |
1143 | }; |
1144 | ||
1145 | \end{verbatim} | |
1146 | ||
1147 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1148 | ||
1149 | <wx/filefn.h> | |
1150 | ||
1151 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1152 | \membersection{::wxGetOSDirectory}\label{wxgetosdirectory} |
e12be2f7 | 1153 | |
b0fc8832 | 1154 | \func{wxString}{wxGetOSDirectory}{\void} |
d524e22d | 1155 | |
b0fc8832 | 1156 | Returns the Windows directory under Windows; on other platforms returns the empty string. |
d524e22d | 1157 | |
84ed77ef | 1158 | |
b0fc8832 | 1159 | \membersection{::wxIsAbsolutePath}\label{wxisabsolutepath} |
d524e22d | 1160 | |
b0fc8832 | 1161 | \func{bool}{wxIsAbsolutePath}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}} |
d524e22d | 1162 | |
cc81d32f | 1163 | Returns true if the argument is an absolute filename, i.e. with a slash |
b0fc8832 | 1164 | or drive name at the beginning. |
85ec2f26 | 1165 | |
84ed77ef | 1166 | |
da865fdd | 1167 | \membersection{::wxDirExists}\label{functionwxdirexists} |
27b2dd53 | 1168 | |
e960c20e | 1169 | \func{bool}{wxDirExists}{\param{const wxString\& }{dirname}} |
27b2dd53 | 1170 | |
5145a8cf | 1171 | Returns true if \arg{dirname} exists and is a directory. |
27b2dd53 WS |
1172 | |
1173 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1174 | \membersection{::wxPathOnly}\label{wxpathonly} |
d524e22d | 1175 | |
b0fc8832 | 1176 | \func{wxString}{wxPathOnly}{\param{const wxString\& }{path}} |
d524e22d | 1177 | |
b0fc8832 | 1178 | Returns the directory part of the filename. |
d524e22d | 1179 | |
84ed77ef | 1180 | |
b0fc8832 | 1181 | \membersection{::wxUnix2DosFilename}\label{wxunix2dosfilename} |
d524e22d | 1182 | |
9aba21ea VZ |
1183 | \func{void}{wxUnix2DosFilename}{\param{wxChar *}{s}} |
1184 | ||
1185 | This function is deprecated, use \helpref{wxFileName}{wxfilename} instead. | |
e12be2f7 | 1186 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1187 | Converts a Unix to a DOS filename by replacing forward |
1188 | slashes with backslashes. | |
d524e22d | 1189 | |
84ed77ef | 1190 | |
8482e4bd VZ |
1191 | \membersection{wxCHANGE\_UMASK}\label{wxchangeumask} |
1192 | ||
1193 | \func{}{wxCHANGE\_UMASK}{\param{int }{mask}} | |
1194 | ||
1195 | Under Unix this macro changes the current process umask to the given value, | |
1196 | unless it is equal to $-1$ in which case nothing is done, and restores it to | |
1197 | the original value on scope exit. It works by declaring a variable which sets | |
1198 | umask to \arg{mask} in its constructor and restores it in its destructor. | |
1199 | ||
1200 | Under other platforms this macro expands to nothing. | |
1201 | ||
1202 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1203 | \membersection{::wxConcatFiles}\label{wxconcatfiles} |
d524e22d | 1204 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1205 | \func{bool}{wxConcatFiles}{\param{const wxString\& }{file1}, \param{const wxString\& }{file2}, |
1206 | \param{const wxString\& }{file3}} | |
d524e22d | 1207 | |
b0fc8832 | 1208 | Concatenates {\it file1} and {\it file2} to {\it file3}, returning |
cc81d32f | 1209 | true if successful. |
a660d684 | 1210 | |
84ed77ef | 1211 | |
b0fc8832 | 1212 | \membersection{::wxCopyFile}\label{wxcopyfile} |
a660d684 | 1213 | |
cc81d32f | 1214 | \func{bool}{wxCopyFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{file1}, \param{const wxString\& }{file2}, \param{bool }{overwrite = true}} |
a660d684 | 1215 | |
cc81d32f | 1216 | Copies {\it file1} to {\it file2}, returning true if successful. If |
0597e7f9 VZ |
1217 | {\it overwrite} parameter is \true (default), the destination file is overwritten |
1218 | if it exists, but if {\it overwrite} is \false, the functions fails in this | |
b0fc8832 | 1219 | case. |
a660d684 | 1220 | |
0597e7f9 VZ |
1221 | This function supports resources forks under Mac OS. |
1222 | ||
84ed77ef | 1223 | |
b0fc8832 | 1224 | \membersection{::wxGetCwd}\label{wxgetcwd} |
7ae8ee14 | 1225 | |
b0fc8832 | 1226 | \func{wxString}{wxGetCwd}{\void} |
7ae8ee14 | 1227 | |
b0fc8832 | 1228 | Returns a string containing the current (or working) directory. |
7ae8ee14 | 1229 | |
84ed77ef | 1230 | |
b0fc8832 | 1231 | \membersection{::wxGetWorkingDirectory}\label{wxgetworkingdirectory} |
7ae8ee14 | 1232 | |
7ac13b21 | 1233 | \func{wxString}{wxGetWorkingDirectory}{\param{char *}{buf=NULL}, \param{int }{sz=1000}} |
7ae8ee14 | 1234 | |
ce045aed | 1235 | {\bf NB:} This function is deprecated: use \helpref{wxGetCwd}{wxgetcwd} instead. |
7ae8ee14 | 1236 | |
b0fc8832 | 1237 | Copies the current working directory into the buffer if supplied, or |
cc232c93 VZ |
1238 | copies the working directory into new storage (which you {\emph must} delete |
1239 | yourself) if the buffer is NULL. | |
7ae8ee14 | 1240 | |
b0fc8832 | 1241 | {\it sz} is the size of the buffer if supplied. |
a660d684 | 1242 | |
84ed77ef | 1243 | |
b0fc8832 | 1244 | \membersection{::wxGetTempFileName}\label{wxgettempfilename} |
a660d684 | 1245 | |
7ac13b21 | 1246 | \func{char *}{wxGetTempFileName}{\param{const wxString\& }{prefix}, \param{char *}{buf=NULL}} |
a660d684 | 1247 | |
b0fc8832 | 1248 | \func{bool}{wxGetTempFileName}{\param{const wxString\& }{prefix}, \param{wxString\& }{buf}} |
7ae8ee14 | 1249 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1250 | %% Makes a temporary filename based on {\it prefix}, opens and closes the file, |
1251 | %% and places the name in {\it buf}. If {\it buf} is NULL, new store | |
1252 | %% is allocated for the temporary filename using {\it new}. | |
1253 | %% | |
1254 | %% Under Windows, the filename will include the drive and name of the | |
1255 | %% directory allocated for temporary files (usually the contents of the | |
1256 | %% TEMP variable). Under Unix, the {\tt /tmp} directory is used. | |
1257 | %% | |
1258 | %% It is the application's responsibility to create and delete the file. | |
a660d684 | 1259 | |
2bd25c5a | 1260 | {\bf NB:} These functions are obsolete, please use\rtfsp |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1261 | \helpref{wxFileName::CreateTempFileName}{wxfilenamecreatetempfilename}\rtfsp |
1262 | instead. | |
a660d684 | 1263 | |
84ed77ef | 1264 | |
b0fc8832 | 1265 | \membersection{::wxIsWild}\label{wxiswild} |
a660d684 | 1266 | |
b0fc8832 | 1267 | \func{bool}{wxIsWild}{\param{const wxString\& }{pattern}} |
a660d684 | 1268 | |
cc81d32f | 1269 | Returns true if the pattern contains wildcards. See \helpref{wxMatchWild}{wxmatchwild}. |
a660d684 | 1270 | |
84ed77ef | 1271 | |
b0fc8832 | 1272 | \membersection{::wxMatchWild}\label{wxmatchwild} |
ed93168b | 1273 | |
b0fc8832 | 1274 | \func{bool}{wxMatchWild}{\param{const wxString\& }{pattern}, \param{const wxString\& }{text}, \param{bool}{ dot\_special}} |
ed93168b | 1275 | |
d29bf677 | 1276 | Returns true if the \arg{pattern}\/ matches the {\it text}\/; if {\it |
cc81d32f | 1277 | dot\_special}\/ is true, filenames beginning with a dot are not matched |
b0fc8832 | 1278 | with wildcard characters. See \helpref{wxIsWild}{wxiswild}. |
ed93168b | 1279 | |
84ed77ef | 1280 | |
b0fc8832 | 1281 | \membersection{::wxMkdir}\label{wxmkdir} |
ed93168b | 1282 | |
b0fc8832 | 1283 | \func{bool}{wxMkdir}{\param{const wxString\& }{dir}, \param{int }{perm = 0777}} |
ed93168b | 1284 | |
d29bf677 | 1285 | Makes the directory \arg{dir}, returning true if successful. |
a660d684 | 1286 | |
b0fc8832 | 1287 | {\it perm} is the access mask for the directory for the systems on which it is |
154b6b0f | 1288 | supported (Unix) and doesn't have any effect on the other ones. |
378b05f7 | 1289 | |
84ed77ef | 1290 | |
daf32463 | 1291 | \membersection{::wxParseCommonDialogsFilter}\label{wxparsecommondialogsfilter} |
9e152a55 | 1292 | |
daf32463 | 1293 | \func{int}{wxParseCommonDialogsFilter}{\param{const wxString\& }{wildCard}, \param{wxArrayString\& }{descriptions}, \param{wxArrayString\& }{filters}} |
9e152a55 | 1294 | |
d29bf677 | 1295 | Parses the \arg{wildCard}, returning the number of filters. |
aaf65941 | 1296 | Returns 0 if none or if there's a problem. |
9e152a55 | 1297 | The arrays will contain an equal number of items found before the error. |
daf32463 WS |
1298 | On platforms where native dialogs handle only one filter per entry, |
1299 | entries in arrays are automatically adjusted. | |
d29bf677 | 1300 | \arg{wildCard} is in the form: |
9e152a55 WS |
1301 | \begin{verbatim} |
1302 | "All files (*)|*|Image Files (*.jpeg *.png)|*.jpg;*.png" | |
1303 | \end{verbatim} | |
1304 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1305 | \membersection{::wxRemoveFile}\label{wxremovefile} |
378b05f7 | 1306 | |
b0fc8832 | 1307 | \func{bool}{wxRemoveFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{file}} |
378b05f7 | 1308 | |
d29bf677 | 1309 | Removes \arg{file}, returning true if successful. |
378b05f7 | 1310 | |
84ed77ef | 1311 | |
b0fc8832 | 1312 | \membersection{::wxRenameFile}\label{wxrenamefile} |
e12be2f7 | 1313 | |
12f34171 | 1314 | \func{bool}{wxRenameFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{file1}, \param{const wxString\& }{file2}, \param{bool }{overwrite = true}} |
378b05f7 | 1315 | |
d29bf677 | 1316 | Renames \arg{file1} to \arg{file2}, returning true if successful. |
378b05f7 | 1317 | |
57e988b8 VZ |
1318 | If \arg{overwrite} parameter is true (default), the destination file is |
1319 | overwritten if it exists, but if \arg{overwrite} is false, the functions fails | |
1320 | in this case. | |
1321 | ||
84ed77ef | 1322 | |
b0fc8832 | 1323 | \membersection{::wxRmdir}\label{wxrmdir} |
378b05f7 | 1324 | |
b0fc8832 | 1325 | \func{bool}{wxRmdir}{\param{const wxString\& }{dir}, \param{int}{ flags=0}} |
378b05f7 | 1326 | |
cc81d32f | 1327 | Removes the directory {\it dir}, returning true if successful. Does not work under VMS. |
e12be2f7 | 1328 | |
b0fc8832 | 1329 | The {\it flags} parameter is reserved for future use. |
378b05f7 | 1330 | |
9b8a360d VZ |
1331 | Please notice that there is also a wxRmDir() function which simply wraps the |
1332 | standard POSIX rmdir() function and so return an integer error code instead of | |
1333 | a boolean value (but otherwise is currently identical to wxRmdir), don't | |
1334 | confuse these two functions. | |
1335 | ||
84ed77ef | 1336 | |
b0fc8832 | 1337 | \membersection{::wxSetWorkingDirectory}\label{wxsetworkingdirectory} |
a660d684 | 1338 | |
b0fc8832 | 1339 | \func{bool}{wxSetWorkingDirectory}{\param{const wxString\& }{dir}} |
a660d684 | 1340 | |
cc81d32f | 1341 | Sets the current working directory, returning true if the operation succeeded. |
b0fc8832 | 1342 | Under MS Windows, the current drive is also changed if {\it dir} contains a drive specification. |
c50f1fb9 | 1343 | |
84ed77ef | 1344 | |
abbb59e8 VZ |
1345 | \membersection{::wxSplit}\label{wxsplit} |
1346 | ||
1347 | \func{wxArrayString}{wxSplit}{\param{const wxString\&}{ str}, \param{const wxChar}{ sep}, \param{const wxChar}{ escape = '\\'}} | |
1348 | ||
1349 | Splits the given \helpref{wxString}{wxstring} object using the separator \arg{sep} and returns the | |
1350 | result as a \helpref{wxArrayString}{wxarraystring}. | |
1351 | ||
1352 | If the \arg{escape} character is non-\NULL, then the occurrences of \arg{sep} immediately prefixed | |
1353 | with \arg{escape} are not considered as separators. | |
1354 | ||
1355 | Note that empty tokens will be generated if there are two or more adjacent separators. | |
1356 | ||
1357 | \wxheading{See also} | |
1358 | ||
1359 | \helpref{wxJoin}{wxjoin} | |
1360 | ||
1361 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1362 | ||
1363 | <wx/arrstr.h> | |
1364 | ||
1365 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1366 | \membersection{::wxSplitPath}\label{wxsplitfunction} |
c50f1fb9 | 1367 | |
86501081 | 1368 | \func{void}{wxSplitPath}{\param{const wxString\&}{ fullname}, \param{wxString *}{ path}, \param{wxString *}{ name}, \param{wxString *}{ ext}} |
c50f1fb9 | 1369 | |
b829bf55 | 1370 | {\bf NB:} This function is obsolete, please use |
2bd25c5a VZ |
1371 | \helpref{wxFileName::SplitPath}{wxfilenamesplitpath} instead. |
1372 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
1373 | This function splits a full file name into components: the path (including possible disk/drive |
1374 | specification under Windows), the base name and the extension. Any of the output parameters | |
1375 | ({\it path}, {\it name} or {\it ext}) may be NULL if you are not interested in the value of | |
1376 | a particular component. | |
c50f1fb9 | 1377 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1378 | wxSplitPath() will correctly handle filenames with both DOS and Unix path separators under |
1379 | Windows, however it will not consider backslashes as path separators under Unix (where backslash | |
1380 | is a valid character in a filename). | |
c50f1fb9 | 1381 | |
b0fc8832 | 1382 | On entry, {\it fullname} should be non-NULL (it may be empty though). |
c50f1fb9 | 1383 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1384 | On return, {\it path} contains the file path (without the trailing separator), {\it name} |
1385 | contains the file name and {\it ext} contains the file extension without leading dot. All | |
1386 | three of them may be empty if the corresponding component is. The old contents of the | |
1387 | strings pointed to by these parameters will be overwritten in any case (if the pointers | |
1388 | are not NULL). | |
c50f1fb9 | 1389 | |
84ed77ef | 1390 | |
b0fc8832 | 1391 | \membersection{::wxTransferFileToStream}\label{wxtransferfiletostream} |
c50f1fb9 | 1392 | |
b0fc8832 | 1393 | \func{bool}{wxTransferFileToStream}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}, \param{ostream\& }{stream}} |
10eb1f1e | 1394 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1395 | Copies the given file to {\it stream}. Useful when converting an old application to |
1396 | use streams (within the document/view framework, for example). | |
10eb1f1e | 1397 | |
b0fc8832 | 1398 | \wxheading{Include files} |
10eb1f1e | 1399 | |
b0fc8832 | 1400 | <wx/docview.h> |
10eb1f1e | 1401 | |
84ed77ef | 1402 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1403 | \membersection{::wxTransferStreamToFile}\label{wxtransferstreamtofile} |
1404 | ||
1405 | \func{bool}{wxTransferStreamToFile}{\param{istream\& }{stream} \param{const wxString\& }{filename}} | |
1406 | ||
1407 | Copies the given stream to the file {\it filename}. Useful when converting an old application to | |
1408 | use streams (within the document/view framework, for example). | |
10eb1f1e VZ |
1409 | |
1410 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1411 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1412 | <wx/docview.h> |
10eb1f1e | 1413 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
1414 | |
1415 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1416 | \section{Network, user and OS functions}\label{networkfunctions} |
a660d684 | 1417 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1418 | The functions in this section are used to retrieve information about the |
1419 | current computer and/or user characteristics. | |
a660d684 | 1420 | |
84ed77ef | 1421 | |
f8665629 WS |
1422 | \membersection{::wxGetEmailAddress}\label{wxgetemailaddress} |
1423 | ||
1424 | \func{wxString}{wxGetEmailAddress}{\void} | |
1425 | ||
1426 | \func{bool}{wxGetEmailAddress}{\param{char * }{buf}, \param{int }{sz}} | |
1427 | ||
1428 | Copies the user's email address into the supplied buffer, by | |
1429 | concatenating the values returned by \helpref{wxGetFullHostName}{wxgetfullhostname}\rtfsp | |
1430 | and \helpref{wxGetUserId}{wxgetuserid}. | |
1431 | ||
1432 | Returns true if successful, false otherwise. | |
1433 | ||
1434 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1435 | ||
1436 | <wx/utils.h> | |
1437 | ||
1438 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1439 | \membersection{::wxGetFreeMemory}\label{wxgetfreememory} |
a660d684 | 1440 | |
9d8aca48 | 1441 | \func{wxMemorySize}{wxGetFreeMemory}{\void} |
a660d684 | 1442 | |
b0fc8832 | 1443 | Returns the amount of free memory in bytes under environments which |
f8665629 | 1444 | support it, and -1 if not supported or failed to perform measurement. |
a660d684 | 1445 | |
b0fc8832 | 1446 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 1447 | |
b0fc8832 | 1448 | <wx/utils.h> |
a660d684 | 1449 | |
84ed77ef | 1450 | |
b0fc8832 | 1451 | \membersection{::wxGetFullHostName}\label{wxgetfullhostname} |
a660d684 | 1452 | |
b0fc8832 | 1453 | \func{wxString}{wxGetFullHostName}{\void} |
954b8ae6 | 1454 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1455 | Returns the FQDN (fully qualified domain host name) or an empty string on |
1456 | error. | |
954b8ae6 | 1457 | |
b0fc8832 | 1458 | \wxheading{See also} |
c49245f8 | 1459 | |
b0fc8832 | 1460 | \helpref{wxGetHostName}{wxgethostname} |
4aff28fc | 1461 | |
b0fc8832 | 1462 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4aff28fc | 1463 | |
b0fc8832 | 1464 | <wx/utils.h> |
4aff28fc | 1465 | |
84ed77ef | 1466 | |
b0fc8832 | 1467 | \membersection{::wxGetHomeDir}\label{wxgethomedir} |
d6c9c1b7 | 1468 | |
b0fc8832 | 1469 | \func{wxString}{wxGetHomeDir}{\void} |
d6c9c1b7 | 1470 | |
b0fc8832 | 1471 | Return the (current) user's home directory. |
d6c9c1b7 | 1472 | |
b0fc8832 | 1473 | \wxheading{See also} |
d6c9c1b7 | 1474 | |
08890e27 VZ |
1475 | \helpref{wxGetUserHome}{wxgetuserhome}\\ |
1476 | \helpref{wxStandardPaths}{wxstandardpaths} | |
d6c9c1b7 VZ |
1477 | |
1478 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1479 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1480 | <wx/utils.h> |
d6c9c1b7 | 1481 | |
84ed77ef | 1482 | |
b0fc8832 | 1483 | \membersection{::wxGetHostName}\label{wxgethostname} |
f3539882 | 1484 | |
b0fc8832 | 1485 | \func{wxString}{wxGetHostName}{\void} |
4aff28fc | 1486 | |
b0fc8832 | 1487 | \func{bool}{wxGetHostName}{\param{char * }{buf}, \param{int }{sz}} |
c49245f8 | 1488 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1489 | Copies the current host machine's name into the supplied buffer. Please note |
1490 | that the returned name is {\it not} fully qualified, i.e. it does not include | |
1491 | the domain name. | |
c49245f8 | 1492 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1493 | Under Windows or NT, this function first looks in the environment |
1494 | variable SYSTEM\_NAME; if this is not found, the entry {\bf HostName}\rtfsp | |
fc2171bd | 1495 | in the {\bf wxWidgets} section of the WIN.INI file is tried. |
c49245f8 | 1496 | |
b0fc8832 | 1497 | The first variant of this function returns the hostname if successful or an |
cc81d32f VS |
1498 | empty string otherwise. The second (deprecated) function returns true |
1499 | if successful, false otherwise. | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1500 | |
1501 | \wxheading{See also} | |
1502 | ||
1503 | \helpref{wxGetFullHostName}{wxgetfullhostname} | |
c49245f8 VZ |
1504 | |
1505 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
a294c6d5 | 1506 | |
b0fc8832 | 1507 | <wx/utils.h> |
a294c6d5 | 1508 | |
84ed77ef | 1509 | |
b0fc8832 | 1510 | \membersection{::wxGetOsDescription}\label{wxgetosdescription} |
a660d684 | 1511 | |
b0fc8832 | 1512 | \func{wxString}{wxGetOsDescription}{\void} |
a660d684 | 1513 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1514 | Returns the string containing the description of the current platform in a |
1515 | user-readable form. For example, this function may return strings like | |
1516 | {\tt Windows NT Version 4.0} or {\tt Linux 2.2.2 i386}. | |
a660d684 | 1517 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1518 | \wxheading{See also} |
1519 | ||
1520 | \helpref{::wxGetOsVersion}{wxgetosversion} | |
a660d684 | 1521 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
1522 | \wxheading{Include files} |
1523 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1524 | <wx/utils.h> |
954b8ae6 | 1525 | |
84ed77ef | 1526 | |
b0fc8832 | 1527 | \membersection{::wxGetOsVersion}\label{wxgetosversion} |
a660d684 | 1528 | |
8bb6b2c0 | 1529 | \func{wxOperatingSystemId}{wxGetOsVersion}{\param{int *}{major = NULL}, \param{int *}{minor = NULL}} |
a660d684 | 1530 | |
8bb6b2c0 VZ |
1531 | Gets the version and the operating system ID for currently running OS. |
1532 | See \helpref{wxPlatformInfo}{wxplatforminfo} for more details about wxOperatingSystemId. | |
a660d684 | 1533 | |
8bb6b2c0 VZ |
1534 | \wxheading{See also} |
1535 | ||
1536 | \helpref{::wxGetOsDescription}{wxgetosdescription}, | |
1537 | \helpref{wxPlatformInfo}{wxplatforminfo} | |
1538 | ||
1539 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1540 | ||
1541 | <wx/utils.h> | |
1542 | ||
1543 | ||
1544 | \membersection{::wxIsPlatformLittleEndian}\label{wxisplatformlittleendian} | |
1545 | ||
1546 | \func{bool}{wxIsPlatformLittleEndian}{\void} | |
1547 | ||
1548 | Returns \true if the current platform is little endian (instead of big endian). | |
1549 | The check is performed at run-time. | |
a660d684 | 1550 | |
b0fc8832 | 1551 | \wxheading{See also} |
a660d684 | 1552 | |
8bb6b2c0 VZ |
1553 | \helpref{Byte order macros}{byteordermacros} |
1554 | ||
1555 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1556 | ||
1557 | <wx/utils.h> | |
1558 | ||
1559 | ||
1560 | \membersection{::wxIsPlatform64Bit}\label{wxisplatform64bit} | |
1561 | ||
1562 | \func{bool}{wxIsPlatform64Bit}{\void} | |
1563 | ||
1564 | Returns \true if the operating system the program is running under is 64 bit. | |
1565 | The check is performed at run-time and may differ from the value available at | |
1566 | compile-time (at compile-time you can just check if {\tt sizeof(void*)==8}) | |
1567 | since the program could be running in emulation mode or in a mixed 32/64 bit system | |
1568 | (bi-architecture operating system). | |
1569 | ||
1570 | Very important: this function is not 100\% reliable on some systems given the fact | |
1571 | that there isn't always a standard way to do a reliable check on the OS architecture. | |
a660d684 | 1572 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1573 | \wxheading{Include files} |
1574 | ||
1575 | <wx/utils.h> | |
1576 | ||
84ed77ef | 1577 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1578 | \membersection{::wxGetUserHome}\label{wxgetuserhome} |
1579 | ||
14d63513 | 1580 | \func{wxString}{wxGetUserHome}{\param{const wxString\& }{user = ""}} |
b0fc8832 | 1581 | |
14d63513 VZ |
1582 | Returns the home directory for the given user. If the \arg{user} is empty |
1583 | (default value), this function behaves like | |
1584 | \helpref{wxGetHomeDir}{wxgethomedir} i.e. returns the current user home | |
1585 | directory. | |
1586 | ||
1587 | If the home directory couldn't be determined, an empty string is returned. | |
a660d684 | 1588 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
1589 | \wxheading{Include files} |
1590 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1591 | <wx/utils.h> |
954b8ae6 | 1592 | |
84ed77ef | 1593 | |
f8665629 WS |
1594 | \membersection{::wxGetUserId}\label{wxgetuserid} |
1595 | ||
1596 | \func{wxString}{wxGetUserId}{\void} | |
1597 | ||
1598 | \func{bool}{wxGetUserId}{\param{char * }{buf}, \param{int }{sz}} | |
1599 | ||
1600 | This function returns the "user id" also known as "login name" under Unix i.e. | |
1601 | something like "jsmith". It uniquely identifies the current user (on this system). | |
1602 | ||
1603 | Under Windows or NT, this function first looks in the environment | |
1604 | variables USER and LOGNAME; if neither of these is found, the entry {\bf UserId}\rtfsp | |
1605 | in the {\bf wxWidgets} section of the WIN.INI file is tried. | |
1606 | ||
1607 | The first variant of this function returns the login name if successful or an | |
1608 | empty string otherwise. The second (deprecated) function returns true | |
1609 | if successful, false otherwise. | |
1610 | ||
1611 | \wxheading{See also} | |
1612 | ||
1613 | \helpref{wxGetUserName}{wxgetusername} | |
1614 | ||
1615 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1616 | ||
1617 | <wx/utils.h> | |
1618 | ||
1619 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1620 | \membersection{::wxGetUserName}\label{wxgetusername} |
a660d684 | 1621 | |
b0fc8832 | 1622 | \func{wxString}{wxGetUserName}{\void} |
d6c9c1b7 | 1623 | |
b0fc8832 | 1624 | \func{bool}{wxGetUserName}{\param{char * }{buf}, \param{int }{sz}} |
d6c9c1b7 | 1625 | |
b0fc8832 | 1626 | This function returns the full user name (something like "Mr. John Smith"). |
d6c9c1b7 | 1627 | |
b0fc8832 | 1628 | Under Windows or NT, this function looks for the entry {\bf UserName}\rtfsp |
fc2171bd | 1629 | in the {\bf wxWidgets} section of the WIN.INI file. If PenWindows |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1630 | is running, the entry {\bf Current} in the section {\bf User} of |
1631 | the PENWIN.INI file is used. | |
d6c9c1b7 | 1632 | |
b0fc8832 | 1633 | The first variant of this function returns the user name if successful or an |
43e8916f MW |
1634 | empty string otherwise. The second (deprecated) function returns \true |
1635 | if successful, \false otherwise. | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1636 | |
1637 | \wxheading{See also} | |
1638 | ||
1639 | \helpref{wxGetUserId}{wxgetuserid} | |
a660d684 | 1640 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
1641 | \wxheading{Include files} |
1642 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1643 | <wx/utils.h> |
954b8ae6 | 1644 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
1645 | |
1646 | ||
569ef72a | 1647 | \section{String functions}\label{stringfunctions} |
f3539882 | 1648 | |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1649 | \membersection{::wxGetTranslation}\label{wxgettranslation} |
1650 | ||
31b7522e VS |
1651 | \func{const wxString\& }{wxGetTranslation}{\param{const wxString\& }{str}, |
1652 | \param{const wxString\& }{domain = wxEmptyString}} | |
0bbe4e29 | 1653 | |
31b7522e VS |
1654 | \func{const wxString\& }{wxGetTranslation}{\param{const wxString\& }{str}, \param{const wxString\& }{strPlural}, \param{size\_t }{n}, |
1655 | \param{const wxString\& }{domain = wxEmptyString}} | |
6f80247a | 1656 | |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1657 | This function returns the translation of string {\it str} in the current |
1658 | \helpref{locale}{wxlocale}. If the string is not found in any of the loaded | |
1659 | message catalogs (see \helpref{internationalization overview}{internationalization}), the | |
1660 | original string is returned. In debug build, an error message is logged -- this | |
d4a724d4 RD |
1661 | should help to find the strings which were not yet translated. If |
1662 | {\it domain} is specified then only that domain/catalog is searched | |
1663 | for a matching string. As this function | |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1664 | is used very often, an alternative (and also common in Unix world) syntax is |
1665 | provided: the \helpref{\_()}{underscore} macro is defined to do the same thing | |
1666 | as wxGetTranslation. | |
1667 | ||
6f80247a VS |
1668 | The second form is used when retrieving translation of string that has |
1669 | different singular and plural form in English or different plural forms in some | |
ce045aed | 1670 | other language. It takes two extra arguments: as above, \arg{str} |
15d06954 VZ |
1671 | parameter must contain the singular form of the string to be converted and |
1672 | is used as the key for the search in the catalog. The \arg{strPlural} parameter | |
1673 | is the plural form (in English). The parameter \arg{n} is used to determine the | |
1674 | plural form. If no message catalog is found \arg{str} is returned if `n == 1', | |
30e5722f | 1675 | otherwise \arg{strPlural}. |
15d06954 | 1676 | |
ce045aed | 1677 | See \urlref{GNU gettext manual}{http://www.gnu.org/manual/gettext/html\_chapter/gettext\_10.html\#SEC150} |
15d06954 VZ |
1678 | for additional information on plural forms handling. For a shorter alternative |
1679 | see the \helpref{wxPLURAL()}{wxplural} macro. | |
84ed77ef | 1680 | |
30e5722f VS |
1681 | Both versions call \helpref{wxLocale::GetString}{wxlocalegetstring}. |
1682 | ||
15d06954 | 1683 | Note that this function is not suitable for literal strings in Unicode |
ce045aed | 1684 | builds, since the literal strings must be enclosed into |
15d06954 VZ |
1685 | \helpref{\_T()}{underscoret} or \helpref{wxT}{wxt} macro which makes them |
1686 | unrecognised by \texttt{xgettext}, and so they are not extracted to the message | |
ce045aed | 1687 | catalog. Instead, use the \helpref{\_()}{underscore} and |
15d06954 VZ |
1688 | \helpref{wxPLURAL}{wxplural} macro for all literal strings. |
1689 | ||
1690 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1691 | \membersection{::wxIsEmpty}\label{wxisempty} |
954b8ae6 | 1692 | |
b0fc8832 | 1693 | \func{bool}{wxIsEmpty}{\param{const char *}{ p}} |
954b8ae6 | 1694 | |
43e8916f MW |
1695 | Returns \true if the pointer is either {\tt NULL} or points to an empty |
1696 | string, \false otherwise. | |
f3539882 | 1697 | |
84ed77ef | 1698 | |
2f930c85 JS |
1699 | \membersection{::wxStrcmp}\label{wxstrcmp} |
1700 | ||
1701 | \func{int}{wxStrcmp}{\param{const char *}{p1}, \param{const char *}{p2}} | |
1702 | ||
1703 | Returns a negative value, 0, or positive value if {\it p1} is less than, equal | |
1704 | to or greater than {\it p2}. The comparison is case-sensitive. | |
1705 | ||
1706 | This function complements the standard C function {\it stricmp()} which performs | |
1707 | case-insensitive comparison. | |
1708 | ||
84ed77ef | 1709 | |
b0fc8832 | 1710 | \membersection{::wxStricmp}\label{wxstricmp} |
a660d684 | 1711 | |
b0fc8832 | 1712 | \func{int}{wxStricmp}{\param{const char *}{p1}, \param{const char *}{p2}} |
d6c9c1b7 | 1713 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1714 | Returns a negative value, 0, or positive value if {\it p1} is less than, equal |
1715 | to or greater than {\it p2}. The comparison is case-insensitive. | |
a660d684 | 1716 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1717 | This function complements the standard C function {\it strcmp()} which performs |
1718 | case-sensitive comparison. | |
a660d684 | 1719 | |
84ed77ef | 1720 | |
bf00c875 VZ |
1721 | \membersection{::wxStringEq}\label{wxstringeq} |
1722 | ||
1723 | \func{bool}{wxStringEq}{\param{const wxString\& }{s1}, \param{const wxString\& }{s2}} | |
1724 | ||
1725 | {\bf NB:} This function is obsolete, use \helpref{wxString}{wxstring} instead. | |
1726 | ||
1727 | A macro defined as: | |
1728 | ||
1729 | \begin{verbatim} | |
1730 | #define wxStringEq(s1, s2) (s1 && s2 && (strcmp(s1, s2) == 0)) | |
1731 | \end{verbatim} | |
1732 | ||
1733 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1734 | \membersection{::wxStringMatch}\label{wxstringmatch} |
954b8ae6 | 1735 | |
b0fc8832 | 1736 | \func{bool}{wxStringMatch}{\param{const wxString\& }{s1}, \param{const wxString\& }{s2},\\ |
cc81d32f | 1737 | \param{bool}{ subString = true}, \param{bool}{ exact = false}} |
954b8ae6 | 1738 | |
2bd25c5a VZ |
1739 | {\bf NB:} This function is obsolete, use \helpref{wxString::Find}{wxstringfind} instead. |
1740 | ||
43e8916f MW |
1741 | Returns \true if the substring {\it s1} is found within {\it s2}, |
1742 | ignoring case if {\it exact} is false. If {\it subString} is \false, | |
b0fc8832 | 1743 | no substring matching is done. |
f3539882 | 1744 | |
84ed77ef | 1745 | |
bf00c875 | 1746 | \membersection{::wxStringTokenize}\label{wxstringtokenize} |
a660d684 | 1747 | |
bf00c875 VZ |
1748 | \func{wxArrayString}{wxStringTokenize}{\param{const wxString\& }{str},\\ |
1749 | \param{const wxString\& }{delims = wxDEFAULT\_DELIMITERS},\\ | |
1750 | \param{wxStringTokenizerMode }{mode = wxTOKEN\_DEFAULT}} | |
2bd25c5a | 1751 | |
ce045aed | 1752 | This is a convenience function wrapping |
bf00c875 VZ |
1753 | \helpref{wxStringTokenizer}{wxstringtokenizer} which simply returns all tokens |
1754 | found in the given \arg{str} in an array. | |
b0fc8832 | 1755 | |
ce045aed WS |
1756 | Please see |
1757 | \helpref{wxStringTokenizer::wxStringTokenizer}{wxstringtokenizerwxstringtokenizer} | |
bf00c875 | 1758 | for the description of the other parameters. |
b0fc8832 | 1759 | |
84ed77ef | 1760 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1761 | \membersection{::wxStrlen}\label{wxstrlen} |
1762 | ||
1763 | \func{size\_t}{wxStrlen}{\param{const char *}{ p}} | |
1764 | ||
1765 | This is a safe version of standard function {\it strlen()}: it does exactly the | |
1766 | same thing (i.e. returns the length of the string) except that it returns 0 if | |
1767 | {\it p} is the {\tt NULL} pointer. | |
1768 | ||
84ed77ef | 1769 | |
b0fc8832 | 1770 | \membersection{::wxSnprintf}\label{wxsnprintf} |
a660d684 | 1771 | |
b0fc8832 | 1772 | \func{int}{wxSnprintf}{\param{wxChar *}{buf}, \param{size\_t }{len}, \param{const wxChar *}{format}, \param{}{...}} |
a660d684 | 1773 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1774 | This function replaces the dangerous standard function {\tt sprintf()} and is |
1775 | like {\tt snprintf()} available on some platforms. The only difference with | |
1776 | sprintf() is that an additional argument - buffer size - is taken and the | |
1777 | buffer is never overflowed. | |
a660d684 | 1778 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1779 | Returns the number of characters copied to the buffer or -1 if there is not |
1780 | enough space. | |
a660d684 | 1781 | |
b0fc8832 | 1782 | \wxheading{See also} |
a660d684 | 1783 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1784 | \helpref{wxVsnprintf}{wxvsnprintf}, \helpref{wxString::Printf}{wxstringprintf} |
1785 | ||
84ed77ef | 1786 | |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1787 | \membersection{wxT}\label{wxt} |
1788 | ||
1789 | \func{wxChar}{wxT}{\param{char }{ch}} | |
1790 | ||
1791 | \func{const wxChar *}{wxT}{\param{const char *}{s}} | |
1792 | ||
1793 | wxT() is a macro which can be used with character and string literals (in other | |
1794 | words, {\tt 'x'} or {\tt "foo"}) to automatically convert them to Unicode in | |
9d8aca48 | 1795 | Unicode build configuration. Please see the |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1796 | \helpref{Unicode overview}{unicode} for more information. |
1797 | ||
1798 | This macro is simply returns the value passed to it without changes in ASCII | |
1799 | build. In fact, its definition is: | |
1800 | \begin{verbatim} | |
1801 | #ifdef UNICODE | |
1802 | #define wxT(x) L ## x | |
1803 | #else // !Unicode | |
1804 | #define wxT(x) x | |
1805 | #endif | |
1806 | \end{verbatim} | |
1807 | ||
84ed77ef | 1808 | |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1809 | \membersection{wxTRANSLATE}\label{wxtranslate} |
1810 | ||
1811 | \func{const wxChar *}{wxTRANSLATE}{\param{const char *}{s}} | |
1812 | ||
1813 | This macro doesn't do anything in the program code -- it simply expands to the | |
e6d4038a | 1814 | value of its argument. |
0bbe4e29 | 1815 | |
e6d4038a | 1816 | However it does have a purpose which is to mark the literal strings for the |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1817 | extraction into the message catalog created by {\tt xgettext} program. Usually |
1818 | this is achieved using \helpref{\_()}{underscore} but that macro not only marks | |
9d8aca48 | 1819 | the string for extraction but also expands into a |
0bbe4e29 | 1820 | \helpref{wxGetTranslation}{wxgettranslation} function call which means that it |
7445e247 | 1821 | cannot be used in some situations, notably for static array |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1822 | initialization. |
1823 | ||
1824 | Here is an example which should make it more clear: suppose that you have a | |
1825 | static array of strings containing the weekday names and which have to be | |
8ea92b4d | 1826 | translated (note that it is a bad example, really, as |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1827 | \helpref{wxDateTime}{wxdatetime} already can be used to get the localized week |
1828 | day names already). If you write | |
d2c2afc9 | 1829 | |
0bbe4e29 | 1830 | \begin{verbatim} |
e6d4038a | 1831 | static const char * const weekdays[] = { _("Mon"), ..., _("Sun") }; |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1832 | ... |
1833 | // use weekdays[n] as usual | |
1834 | \end{verbatim} | |
d2c2afc9 | 1835 | |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1836 | the code wouldn't compile because the function calls are forbidden in the array |
1837 | initializer. So instead you should do | |
d2c2afc9 | 1838 | |
0bbe4e29 | 1839 | \begin{verbatim} |
e6d4038a | 1840 | static const char * const weekdays[] = { wxTRANSLATE("Mon"), ..., wxTRANSLATE("Sun") }; |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1841 | ... |
1842 | // use wxGetTranslation(weekdays[n]) | |
1843 | \end{verbatim} | |
d2c2afc9 | 1844 | |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1845 | here. |
1846 | ||
1847 | Note that although the code {\bf would} compile if you simply omit | |
1848 | wxTRANSLATE() in the above, it wouldn't work as expected because there would be | |
1849 | no translations for the weekday names in the program message catalog and | |
1850 | wxGetTranslation wouldn't find them. | |
1851 | ||
e6d4038a | 1852 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1853 | \membersection{::wxVsnprintf}\label{wxvsnprintf} |
1854 | ||
ea44a631 | 1855 | \func{int}{wxVsnprintf}{\param{wxChar *}{buf}, \param{size\_t }{len}, \param{const wxChar *}{format}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
b0fc8832 | 1856 | |
7ac13b21 | 1857 | The same as \helpref{wxSnprintf}{wxsnprintf} but takes a {\tt va\_list } |
b0fc8832 | 1858 | argument instead of arbitrary number of parameters. |
c50f1fb9 | 1859 | |
418ab1e7 | 1860 | Note that if \texttt{wxUSE\_PRINTF\_POS\_PARAMS} is set to 1, then this function supports |
412a5c57 VZ |
1861 | positional arguments (see \helpref{wxString::Printf}{wxstringprintf} for more information). |
1862 | However other functions of the same family (wxPrintf, wxSprintf, wxFprintf, wxVfprintf, | |
1863 | wxVfprintf, wxVprintf, wxVsprintf) currently do not to support positional parameters | |
418ab1e7 | 1864 | even when \texttt{wxUSE\_PRINTF\_POS\_PARAMS} is 1. |
412a5c57 | 1865 | |
e12be2f7 | 1866 | \wxheading{See also} |
c50f1fb9 | 1867 | |
b0fc8832 | 1868 | \helpref{wxSnprintf}{wxsnprintf}, \helpref{wxString::PrintfV}{wxstringprintfv} |
c50f1fb9 | 1869 | |
0bbe4e29 | 1870 | |
84ed77ef | 1871 | |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1872 | \membersection{\_}\label{underscore} |
1873 | ||
31b7522e | 1874 | \func{const wxString\&}{\_}{\param{const wxString\&}{s}} |
0bbe4e29 | 1875 | |
8ea92b4d | 1876 | This macro expands into a call to \helpref{wxGetTranslation}{wxgettranslation} |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1877 | function, so it marks the message for the extraction by {\tt xgettext} just as |
1878 | \helpref{wxTRANSLATE}{wxtranslate} does, but also returns the translation of | |
1879 | the string for the current locale during execution. | |
1880 | ||
1881 | Don't confuse this macro with \helpref{\_T()}{underscoret}! | |
1882 | ||
84ed77ef | 1883 | |
15d06954 VZ |
1884 | \membersection{wxPLURAL}\label{wxplural} |
1885 | ||
31b7522e | 1886 | \func{const wxString\&}{wxPLURAL}{\param{const wxString\&}{sing}, \param{const wxString\&}{plur}, \param{size\_t}{n}} |
15d06954 VZ |
1887 | |
1888 | This macro is identical to \helpref{\_()}{underscore} but for the plural variant | |
1889 | of \helpref{wxGetTranslation}{wxgettranslation}. | |
1890 | ||
1891 | ||
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1892 | \membersection{\_T}\label{underscoret} |
1893 | ||
1894 | \func{wxChar}{\_T}{\param{char }{ch}} | |
1895 | ||
1896 | \func{const wxChar *}{\_T}{\param{const wxChar }{ch}} | |
1897 | ||
1898 | This macro is exactly the same as \helpref{wxT}{wxt} and is defined in | |
fc2171bd | 1899 | wxWidgets simply because it may be more intuitive for Windows programmers as |
0bbe4e29 VZ |
1900 | the standard Win32 headers also define it (as well as yet another name for the |
1901 | same macro which is {\tt \_TEXT()}). | |
1902 | ||
1903 | Don't confuse this macro with \helpref{\_()}{underscore}! | |
1904 | ||
84ed77ef VZ |
1905 | |
1906 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1907 | \section{Dialog functions}\label{dialogfunctions} |
c50f1fb9 | 1908 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1909 | Below are a number of convenience functions for getting input from the |
1910 | user or displaying messages. Note that in these functions the last three | |
1911 | parameters are optional. However, it is recommended to pass a parent frame | |
1912 | parameter, or (in MS Windows or Motif) the wrong window frame may be brought to | |
1913 | the front when the dialog box is popped up. | |
c50f1fb9 | 1914 | |
84ed77ef | 1915 | |
c2709a3d VZ |
1916 | \membersection{::wxAboutBox}\label{wxaboutbox} |
1917 | ||
1918 | \func{void}{wxAboutBox}{\param{const wxAboutDialogInfo\& }{info}} | |
1919 | ||
1920 | This function shows the standard about dialog containing the information | |
1921 | specified in \arg{info}. If the current platform has a native about dialog | |
1922 | which is capable of showing all the fields in \arg{info}, the native dialog is | |
1923 | used, otherwise the function falls back to the generic wxWidgets version of the | |
1924 | dialog, i.e. does the same thing as \helpref{wxGenericAboutBox()}{wxgenericaboutbox}. | |
1925 | ||
1926 | Here is an example of how this function may be used: | |
1927 | \begin{verbatim} | |
1928 | void MyFrame::ShowSimpleAboutDialog(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1929 | { | |
1930 | wxAboutDialogInfo info; | |
1931 | info.SetName(_("My Program")); | |
1932 | info.SetVersion(_("1.2.3 Beta")); | |
1933 | info.SetDescription(_("This program does something great.")); | |
1934 | info.SetCopyright(_T("(C) 2007 Me <my@email.addre.ss>")); | |
1935 | ||
1936 | wxAboutBox(info); | |
1937 | } | |
1938 | \end{verbatim} | |
1939 | ||
1940 | Please see the \helpref{dialogs sample}{sampledialogs} for more examples of | |
1941 | using this function and \helpref{wxAboutDialogInfo}{wxaboutdialoginfo} for the | |
1942 | description of the information which can be shown in the about dialog. | |
1943 | ||
1944 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
1945 | ||
1946 | <wx/aboutdlg.h> | |
1947 | ||
1948 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1949 | \membersection{::wxBeginBusyCursor}\label{wxbeginbusycursor} |
a660d684 | 1950 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1951 | \func{void}{wxBeginBusyCursor}{\param{wxCursor *}{cursor = wxHOURGLASS\_CURSOR}} |
1952 | ||
1953 | Changes the cursor to the given cursor for all windows in the application. | |
1954 | Use \helpref{wxEndBusyCursor}{wxendbusycursor} to revert the cursor back | |
1955 | to its previous state. These two calls can be nested, and a counter | |
1956 | ensures that only the outer calls take effect. | |
1957 | ||
1958 | See also \helpref{wxIsBusy}{wxisbusy}, \helpref{wxBusyCursor}{wxbusycursor}. | |
a660d684 | 1959 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
1960 | \wxheading{Include files} |
1961 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1962 | <wx/utils.h> |
954b8ae6 | 1963 | |
84ed77ef | 1964 | |
b0fc8832 | 1965 | \membersection{::wxBell}\label{wxbell} |
ec5d7799 | 1966 | |
b0fc8832 | 1967 | \func{void}{wxBell}{\void} |
ec5d7799 | 1968 | |
b0fc8832 | 1969 | Ring the system bell. |
ec5d7799 | 1970 | |
576b18f2 VZ |
1971 | Note that this function is categorized as a GUI one and so is not thread-safe. |
1972 | ||
b0fc8832 | 1973 | \wxheading{Include files} |
ec5d7799 | 1974 | |
b0fc8832 | 1975 | <wx/utils.h> |
a660d684 | 1976 | |
84ed77ef | 1977 | |
b0fc8832 | 1978 | \membersection{::wxCreateFileTipProvider}\label{wxcreatefiletipprovider} |
a660d684 | 1979 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1980 | \func{wxTipProvider *}{wxCreateFileTipProvider}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}, |
1981 | \param{size\_t }{currentTip}} | |
a660d684 | 1982 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1983 | This function creates a \helpref{wxTipProvider}{wxtipprovider} which may be |
1984 | used with \helpref{wxShowTip}{wxshowtip}. | |
a660d684 | 1985 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
1986 | \docparam{filename}{The name of the file containing the tips, one per line} |
1987 | \docparam{currentTip}{The index of the first tip to show - normally this index | |
1988 | is remembered between the 2 program runs.} | |
a660d684 | 1989 | |
b0fc8832 | 1990 | \wxheading{See also} |
a660d684 | 1991 | |
b0fc8832 | 1992 | \helpref{Tips overview}{tipsoverview} |
904a68b6 | 1993 | |
b0fc8832 | 1994 | \wxheading{Include files} |
904a68b6 | 1995 | |
b0fc8832 | 1996 | <wx/tipdlg.h> |
904a68b6 | 1997 | |
84ed77ef | 1998 | |
b0fc8832 | 1999 | \membersection{::wxDirSelector}\label{wxdirselector} |
904a68b6 | 2000 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2001 | \func{wxString}{wxDirSelector}{\param{const wxString\& }{message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr},\\ |
2002 | \param{const wxString\& }{default\_path = ""},\\ | |
2003 | \param{long }{style = 0}, \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition},\\ | |
2004 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL}} | |
904a68b6 | 2005 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2006 | Pops up a directory selector dialog. The arguments have the same meaning as |
2007 | those of wxDirDialog::wxDirDialog(). The message is displayed at the top, | |
2008 | and the default\_path, if specified, is set as the initial selection. | |
904a68b6 | 2009 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2010 | The application must check for an empty return value (if the user pressed |
2011 | Cancel). For example: | |
904a68b6 | 2012 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2013 | \begin{verbatim} |
2014 | const wxString& dir = wxDirSelector("Choose a folder"); | |
2015 | if ( !dir.empty() ) | |
2016 | { | |
2017 | ... | |
2018 | } | |
2019 | \end{verbatim} | |
904a68b6 | 2020 | |
b0fc8832 | 2021 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2022 | |
b0fc8832 | 2023 | <wx/dirdlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2024 | |
84ed77ef | 2025 | |
b0fc8832 | 2026 | \membersection{::wxFileSelector}\label{wxfileselector} |
a660d684 | 2027 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2028 | \func{wxString}{wxFileSelector}{\param{const wxString\& }{message}, \param{const wxString\& }{default\_path = ""},\\ |
2029 | \param{const wxString\& }{default\_filename = ""}, \param{const wxString\& }{default\_extension = ""},\\ | |
cf700088 | 2030 | \param{const wxString\& }{wildcard = "*.*"}, \param{int }{flags = 0}, \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ |
b0fc8832 | 2031 | \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1}} |
a660d684 | 2032 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2033 | Pops up a file selector box. In Windows, this is the common file selector |
2034 | dialog. In X, this is a file selector box with the same functionality. | |
2035 | The path and filename are distinct elements of a full file pathname. | |
2036 | If path is empty, the current directory will be used. If filename is empty, | |
2037 | no default filename will be supplied. The wildcard determines what files | |
2038 | are displayed in the file selector, and file extension supplies a type | |
f4f5d569 VZ |
2039 | extension for the required filename. Flags may be a combination of wxFD\_OPEN, |
2040 | wxFD\_SAVE, wxFD\_OVERWRITE\_PROMPT or wxFD\_FILE\_MUST\_EXIST. Note that wxFD\_MULTIPLE | |
9b38386f VZ |
2041 | can only be used with \helpref{wxFileDialog}{wxfiledialog} and not here as this |
2042 | function only returns a single file name. | |
a660d684 | 2043 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2044 | Both the Unix and Windows versions implement a wildcard filter. Typing a |
2045 | filename containing wildcards (*, ?) in the filename text item, and | |
2046 | clicking on Ok, will result in only those files matching the pattern being | |
2047 | displayed. | |
a660d684 | 2048 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2049 | The wildcard may be a specification for multiple types of file |
2050 | with a description for each, such as: | |
a660d684 | 2051 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2052 | \begin{verbatim} |
2053 | "BMP files (*.bmp)|*.bmp|GIF files (*.gif)|*.gif" | |
2054 | \end{verbatim} | |
a660d684 | 2055 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2056 | The application must check for an empty return value (the user pressed |
2057 | Cancel). For example: | |
a660d684 | 2058 | |
b0fc8832 | 2059 | \begin{verbatim} |
f0f12073 VZ |
2060 | wxString filename = wxFileSelector("Choose a file to open"); |
2061 | if ( !filename.empty() ) | |
b0fc8832 | 2062 | { |
f0f12073 VZ |
2063 | // work with the file |
2064 | ... | |
b0fc8832 | 2065 | } |
f0f12073 | 2066 | //else: cancelled by user |
b0fc8832 | 2067 | \end{verbatim} |
a660d684 | 2068 | |
b0fc8832 | 2069 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2070 | |
b0fc8832 | 2071 | <wx/filedlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2072 | |
84ed77ef | 2073 | |
b0fc8832 | 2074 | \membersection{::wxEndBusyCursor}\label{wxendbusycursor} |
a660d684 | 2075 | |
b0fc8832 | 2076 | \func{void}{wxEndBusyCursor}{\void} |
f53561f1 | 2077 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2078 | Changes the cursor back to the original cursor, for all windows in the application. |
2079 | Use with \helpref{wxBeginBusyCursor}{wxbeginbusycursor}. | |
2080 | ||
2081 | See also \helpref{wxIsBusy}{wxisbusy}, \helpref{wxBusyCursor}{wxbusycursor}. | |
a660d684 | 2082 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
2083 | \wxheading{Include files} |
2084 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2085 | <wx/utils.h> |
954b8ae6 | 2086 | |
84ed77ef | 2087 | |
c2709a3d VZ |
2088 | \membersection{::wxGenericAboutBox}\label{wxgenericaboutbox} |
2089 | ||
2090 | \func{void}{wxGenericAboutBox}{\param{const wxAboutDialogInfo\& }{info}} | |
2091 | ||
2092 | This function does the same thing as \helpref{wxAboutBox}{wxaboutbox} except | |
2093 | that it always uses the generic wxWidgets version of the dialog instead of the | |
2094 | native one. This is mainly useful if you need to customize the dialog by e.g. | |
2095 | adding custom controls to it (customizing the native dialog is not currently | |
2096 | supported). | |
2097 | ||
2098 | See the \helpref{dialogs sample}{sampledialogs} for an example of about dialog | |
2099 | customization. | |
2100 | ||
2101 | \wxheading{See also} | |
2102 | ||
2103 | \helpref{wxAboutDialogInfo}{wxaboutdialoginfo} | |
2104 | ||
2105 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
2106 | ||
20d9c24a | 2107 | <wx/aboutdlg.h>\\ |
c2709a3d VZ |
2108 | <wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h> |
2109 | ||
2110 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2111 | \membersection{::wxGetColourFromUser}\label{wxgetcolourfromuser} |
a660d684 | 2112 | |
e6ef9ea4 | 2113 | \func{wxColour}{wxGetColourFromUser}{\param{wxWindow *}{parent}, \param{const wxColour\& }{colInit}, \param{const wxString\& }{caption = wxEmptyString}, \param{wxColourData *}{data = \NULL}} |
a660d684 | 2114 | |
b0fc8832 | 2115 | Shows the colour selection dialog and returns the colour selected by user or |
b7cacb43 | 2116 | invalid colour (use \helpref{wxColour:IsOk}{wxcolourisok} to test whether a colour |
b0fc8832 | 2117 | is valid) if the dialog was cancelled. |
a660d684 | 2118 | |
b0fc8832 | 2119 | \wxheading{Parameters} |
a660d684 | 2120 | |
b0fc8832 | 2121 | \docparam{parent}{The parent window for the colour selection dialog} |
a660d684 | 2122 | |
b0fc8832 | 2123 | \docparam{colInit}{If given, this will be the colour initially selected in the dialog.} |
a660d684 | 2124 | |
f14d6dd1 JS |
2125 | \docparam{caption}{If given, this will be used for the dialog caption.} |
2126 | ||
e6ef9ea4 VZ |
2127 | \docparam{data}{Optional object storing additional colour dialog settings, such |
2128 | as custom colours. If none is provided the same settings as the last time are | |
2129 | used.} | |
2130 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2131 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2132 | |
b0fc8832 | 2133 | <wx/colordlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2134 | |
84ed77ef | 2135 | |
d741c583 VZ |
2136 | \membersection{::wxGetFontFromUser}\label{wxgetfontfromuser} |
2137 | ||
f14d6dd1 | 2138 | \func{wxFont}{wxGetFontFromUser}{\param{wxWindow *}{parent}, \param{const wxFont\& }{fontInit}, \param{const wxString\& }{caption = wxEmptyString}} |
d741c583 VZ |
2139 | |
2140 | Shows the font selection dialog and returns the font selected by user or | |
b7cacb43 | 2141 | invalid font (use \helpref{wxFont:IsOk}{wxfontisok} to test whether a font |
d741c583 VZ |
2142 | is valid) if the dialog was cancelled. |
2143 | ||
2144 | \wxheading{Parameters} | |
2145 | ||
65d877d2 | 2146 | \docparam{parent}{The parent window for the font selection dialog} |
d741c583 VZ |
2147 | |
2148 | \docparam{fontInit}{If given, this will be the font initially selected in the dialog.} | |
2149 | ||
f14d6dd1 JS |
2150 | \docparam{caption}{If given, this will be used for the dialog caption.} |
2151 | ||
d741c583 VZ |
2152 | \wxheading{Include files} |
2153 | ||
2154 | <wx/fontdlg.h> | |
2155 | ||
2156 | ||
84ed77ef | 2157 | |
b0fc8832 | 2158 | \membersection{::wxGetMultipleChoices}\label{wxgetmultiplechoices} |
a660d684 | 2159 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2160 | \func{size\_t}{wxGetMultipleChoices}{\\ |
2161 | \param{wxArrayInt\& }{selections},\\ | |
2162 | \param{const wxString\& }{message},\\ | |
2163 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption},\\ | |
2164 | \param{const wxArrayString\& }{aChoices},\\ | |
2165 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ | |
2166 | \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1},\\ | |
cc81d32f | 2167 | \param{bool}{ centre = true},\\ |
b0fc8832 | 2168 | \param{int }{width=150}, \param{int }{height=200}} |
a660d684 | 2169 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2170 | \func{size\_t}{wxGetMultipleChoices}{\\ |
2171 | \param{wxArrayInt\& }{selections},\\ | |
2172 | \param{const wxString\& }{message},\\ | |
2173 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption},\\ | |
2174 | \param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString\& }{choices[]},\\ | |
2175 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ | |
2176 | \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1},\\ | |
cc81d32f | 2177 | \param{bool}{ centre = true},\\ |
b0fc8832 | 2178 | \param{int }{width=150}, \param{int }{height=200}} |
a660d684 | 2179 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2180 | Pops up a dialog box containing a message, OK/Cancel buttons and a |
2181 | multiple-selection listbox. The user may choose an arbitrary (including 0) | |
2182 | number of items in the listbox whose indices will be returned in | |
2183 | {\it selection} array. The initial contents of this array will be used to | |
2184 | select the items when the dialog is shown. | |
a660d684 | 2185 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2186 | You may pass the list of strings to choose from either using {\it choices} |
2187 | which is an array of {\it n} strings for the listbox or by using a single | |
2188 | {\it aChoices} parameter of type \helpref{wxArrayString}{wxarraystring}. | |
a660d684 | 2189 | |
cc81d32f VS |
2190 | If {\it centre} is true, the message text (which may include new line |
2191 | characters) is centred; if false, the message is left-justified. | |
a660d684 | 2192 | |
b0fc8832 | 2193 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2194 | |
b0fc8832 | 2195 | <wx/choicdlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2196 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2197 | \perlnote{In wxPerl there is just an array reference in place of {\tt n} |
2198 | and {\tt choices}, and no {\tt selections} parameter; the function | |
2199 | returns an array containing the user selections.} | |
a660d684 | 2200 | |
84ed77ef | 2201 | |
b0fc8832 | 2202 | \membersection{::wxGetNumberFromUser}\label{wxgetnumberfromuser} |
a660d684 | 2203 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2204 | \func{long}{wxGetNumberFromUser}{ |
2205 | \param{const wxString\& }{message}, | |
2206 | \param{const wxString\& }{prompt}, | |
2207 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption}, | |
2208 | \param{long }{value}, | |
2209 | \param{long }{min = 0}, | |
2210 | \param{long }{max = 100}, | |
2211 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL}, | |
2212 | \param{const wxPoint\& }{pos = wxDefaultPosition}} | |
a660d684 | 2213 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2214 | Shows a dialog asking the user for numeric input. The dialogs title is set to |
2215 | {\it caption}, it contains a (possibly) multiline {\it message} above the | |
2216 | single line {\it prompt} and the zone for entering the number. | |
a660d684 | 2217 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2218 | The number entered must be in the range {\it min}..{\it max} (both of which |
2219 | should be positive) and {\it value} is the initial value of it. If the user | |
2220 | enters an invalid value or cancels the dialog, the function will return -1. | |
a660d684 | 2221 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2222 | Dialog is centered on its {\it parent} unless an explicit position is given in |
2223 | {\it pos}. | |
a660d684 | 2224 | |
b0fc8832 | 2225 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2226 | |
bc253a97 | 2227 | <wx/numdlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2228 | |
84ed77ef | 2229 | |
b0fc8832 | 2230 | \membersection{::wxGetPasswordFromUser}\label{wxgetpasswordfromuser} |
a660d684 | 2231 | |
57dd96a6 KH |
2232 | \func{wxString}{wxGetPasswordFromUser}{\param{const wxString\& }{message}, \param{const wxString\& }{caption = ``Input text"},\\ |
2233 | \param{const wxString\& }{default\_value = ``"}, \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ | |
2234 | \param{int}{ x = wxDefaultCoord}, \param{int}{ y = wxDefaultCoord}, \param{bool}{ centre = true}} | |
a660d684 | 2235 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2236 | Similar to \helpref{wxGetTextFromUser}{wxgettextfromuser} but the text entered |
2237 | in the dialog is not shown on screen but replaced with stars. This is intended | |
2238 | to be used for entering passwords as the function name implies. | |
a660d684 | 2239 | |
b0fc8832 | 2240 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2241 | |
b0fc8832 | 2242 | <wx/textdlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2243 | |
84ed77ef | 2244 | |
b0fc8832 | 2245 | \membersection{::wxGetTextFromUser}\label{wxgettextfromuser} |
a660d684 | 2246 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2247 | \func{wxString}{wxGetTextFromUser}{\param{const wxString\& }{message}, \param{const wxString\& }{caption = ``Input text"},\\ |
2248 | \param{const wxString\& }{default\_value = ``"}, \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ | |
57dd96a6 | 2249 | \param{int}{ x = wxDefaultCoord}, \param{int}{ y = wxDefaultCoord}, \param{bool}{ centre = true}} |
a660d684 | 2250 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2251 | Pop up a dialog box with title set to {\it caption}, {\it message}, and a |
2252 | \rtfsp{\it default\_value}. The user may type in text and press OK to return this text, | |
2253 | or press Cancel to return the empty string. | |
a660d684 | 2254 | |
cc81d32f VS |
2255 | If {\it centre} is true, the message text (which may include new line characters) |
2256 | is centred; if false, the message is left-justified. | |
a660d684 | 2257 | |
b0fc8832 | 2258 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2259 | |
b0fc8832 | 2260 | <wx/textdlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2261 | |
84ed77ef | 2262 | |
b0fc8832 | 2263 | \membersection{::wxGetSingleChoice}\label{wxgetsinglechoice} |
a660d684 | 2264 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2265 | \func{wxString}{wxGetSingleChoice}{\param{const wxString\& }{message},\\ |
2266 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption},\\ | |
2267 | \param{const wxArrayString\& }{aChoices},\\ | |
2268 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ | |
2269 | \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1},\\ | |
cc81d32f | 2270 | \param{bool}{ centre = true},\\ |
b0fc8832 | 2271 | \param{int }{width=150}, \param{int }{height=200}} |
a660d684 | 2272 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2273 | \func{wxString}{wxGetSingleChoice}{\param{const wxString\& }{message},\\ |
2274 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption},\\ | |
2275 | \param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString\& }{choices[]},\\ | |
2276 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ | |
2277 | \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1},\\ | |
cc81d32f | 2278 | \param{bool}{ centre = true},\\ |
b0fc8832 | 2279 | \param{int }{width=150}, \param{int }{height=200}} |
a660d684 | 2280 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2281 | Pops up a dialog box containing a message, OK/Cancel buttons and a |
2282 | single-selection listbox. The user may choose an item and press OK to return a | |
2283 | string or Cancel to return the empty string. Use | |
2284 | \helpref{wxGetSingleChoiceIndex}{wxgetsinglechoiceindex} if empty string is a | |
2285 | valid choice and if you want to be able to detect pressing Cancel reliably. | |
a660d684 | 2286 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2287 | You may pass the list of strings to choose from either using {\it choices} |
2288 | which is an array of {\it n} strings for the listbox or by using a single | |
2289 | {\it aChoices} parameter of type \helpref{wxArrayString}{wxarraystring}. | |
a660d684 | 2290 | |
cc81d32f VS |
2291 | If {\it centre} is true, the message text (which may include new line |
2292 | characters) is centred; if false, the message is left-justified. | |
a660d684 | 2293 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
2294 | \wxheading{Include files} |
2295 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2296 | <wx/choicdlg.h> |
954b8ae6 | 2297 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2298 | \perlnote{In wxPerl there is just an array reference in place of {\tt n} |
2299 | and {\tt choices}.} | |
a660d684 | 2300 | |
84ed77ef | 2301 | |
b0fc8832 | 2302 | \membersection{::wxGetSingleChoiceIndex}\label{wxgetsinglechoiceindex} |
a660d684 | 2303 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2304 | \func{int}{wxGetSingleChoiceIndex}{\param{const wxString\& }{message},\\ |
2305 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption},\\ | |
2306 | \param{const wxArrayString\& }{aChoices},\\ | |
2307 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL}, \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1},\\ | |
cc81d32f | 2308 | \param{bool}{ centre = true}, \param{int }{width=150}, \param{int }{height=200}} |
a660d684 | 2309 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2310 | \func{int}{wxGetSingleChoiceIndex}{\param{const wxString\& }{message},\\ |
2311 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption},\\ | |
2312 | \param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString\& }{choices[]},\\ | |
2313 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL}, \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1},\\ | |
cc81d32f | 2314 | \param{bool}{ centre = true}, \param{int }{width=150}, \param{int }{height=200}} |
a660d684 | 2315 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2316 | As {\bf wxGetSingleChoice} but returns the index representing the selected |
2317 | string. If the user pressed cancel, -1 is returned. | |
a660d684 | 2318 | |
b0fc8832 | 2319 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2320 | |
b0fc8832 | 2321 | <wx/choicdlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2322 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2323 | \perlnote{In wxPerl there is just an array reference in place of {\tt n} |
2324 | and {\tt choices}.} | |
a660d684 | 2325 | |
84ed77ef | 2326 | |
b0fc8832 | 2327 | \membersection{::wxGetSingleChoiceData}\label{wxgetsinglechoicedata} |
a660d684 | 2328 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2329 | \func{wxString}{wxGetSingleChoiceData}{\param{const wxString\& }{message},\\ |
2330 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption},\\ | |
2331 | \param{const wxArrayString\& }{aChoices},\\ | |
2332 | \param{const wxString\& }{client\_data[]},\\ | |
2333 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ | |
2334 | \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1},\\ | |
cc81d32f | 2335 | \param{bool}{ centre = true}, \param{int }{width=150}, \param{int }{height=200}} |
a660d684 | 2336 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2337 | \func{wxString}{wxGetSingleChoiceData}{\param{const wxString\& }{message},\\ |
2338 | \param{const wxString\& }{caption},\\ | |
2339 | \param{int}{ n}, \param{const wxString\& }{choices[]},\\ | |
2340 | \param{const wxString\& }{client\_data[]},\\ | |
2341 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL},\\ | |
2342 | \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1},\\ | |
cc81d32f | 2343 | \param{bool}{ centre = true}, \param{int }{width=150}, \param{int }{height=200}} |
a660d684 | 2344 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2345 | As {\bf wxGetSingleChoice} but takes an array of client data pointers |
2346 | corresponding to the strings, and returns one of these pointers or NULL if | |
2347 | Cancel was pressed. The {\it client\_data} array must have the same number of | |
2348 | elements as {\it choices} or {\it aChoices}! | |
a660d684 | 2349 | |
b0fc8832 | 2350 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2351 | |
b0fc8832 | 2352 | <wx/choicdlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2353 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2354 | \perlnote{In wxPerl there is just an array reference in place of {\tt n} |
2355 | and {\tt choices}, and the client data array must have the | |
2356 | same length as the choices array.} | |
a660d684 | 2357 | |
84ed77ef | 2358 | |
8cf304f8 VZ |
2359 | \membersection{::wxInfoMessageBox}\label{wxinfomessagebox} |
2360 | ||
2361 | \func{void}{wxInfoMessageBox}{\param{wxWindow (}{parent = \NULL}} | |
2362 | ||
2363 | Shows a message box with the information about the wxWidgets build used, | |
2364 | including its version, most important build parameters and the version of the | |
2365 | underlying GUI toolkit. This is mainly used for diagnostic purposes and can be | |
2366 | invoked by Ctrl-Alt-middle clicking on any wxWindow which doesn't otherwise | |
2367 | handle this event. | |
2368 | ||
2369 | \newsince{2.9.0} | |
2370 | ||
2371 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
2372 | ||
2373 | <wx/utils.h> | |
2374 | ||
2375 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2376 | \membersection{::wxIsBusy}\label{wxisbusy} |
a660d684 | 2377 | |
b0fc8832 | 2378 | \func{bool}{wxIsBusy}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2379 | |
cc81d32f | 2380 | Returns true if between two \helpref{wxBeginBusyCursor}{wxbeginbusycursor} and\rtfsp |
b0fc8832 | 2381 | \helpref{wxEndBusyCursor}{wxendbusycursor} calls. |
a660d684 | 2382 | |
b0fc8832 | 2383 | See also \helpref{wxBusyCursor}{wxbusycursor}. |
a660d684 | 2384 | |
b0fc8832 | 2385 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2386 | |
b0fc8832 | 2387 | <wx/utils.h> |
a660d684 | 2388 | |
84ed77ef | 2389 | |
b0fc8832 | 2390 | \membersection{::wxMessageBox}\label{wxmessagebox} |
a660d684 | 2391 | |
dc0cecbc | 2392 | \func{int}{wxMessageBox}{\param{const wxString\& }{message}, \param{const wxString\& }{caption = ``Message"}, \param{int}{ style = wxOK},\\ |
b0fc8832 | 2393 | \param{wxWindow *}{parent = NULL}, \param{int}{ x = -1}, \param{int}{ y = -1}} |
a660d684 | 2394 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2395 | General purpose message dialog. {\it style} may be a bit list of the |
2396 | following identifiers: | |
a660d684 | 2397 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2398 | \begin{twocollist}\itemsep=0pt |
2399 | \twocolitem{wxYES\_NO}{Puts Yes and No buttons on the message box. May be combined with | |
2400 | wxCANCEL.} | |
0a6f92b8 | 2401 | \twocolitem{wxCANCEL}{Puts a Cancel button on the message box. May only be combined with |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2402 | wxYES\_NO or wxOK.} |
2403 | \twocolitem{wxOK}{Puts an Ok button on the message box. May be combined with wxCANCEL.} | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2404 | \twocolitem{wxICON\_EXCLAMATION}{Displays an exclamation mark symbol.} |
2405 | \twocolitem{wxICON\_HAND}{Displays an error symbol.} | |
2406 | \twocolitem{wxICON\_ERROR}{Displays an error symbol - the same as wxICON\_HAND.} | |
2407 | \twocolitem{wxICON\_QUESTION}{Displays a question mark symbol.} | |
2408 | \twocolitem{wxICON\_INFORMATION}{Displays an information symbol.} | |
2409 | \end{twocollist} | |
a660d684 | 2410 | |
b0fc8832 | 2411 | The return value is one of: wxYES, wxNO, wxCANCEL, wxOK. |
a660d684 | 2412 | |
b0fc8832 | 2413 | For example: |
a660d684 | 2414 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2415 | \begin{verbatim} |
2416 | ... | |
2417 | int answer = wxMessageBox("Quit program?", "Confirm", | |
2418 | wxYES_NO | wxCANCEL, main_frame); | |
2419 | if (answer == wxYES) | |
933b675e | 2420 | main_frame->Close(); |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2421 | ... |
2422 | \end{verbatim} | |
a660d684 | 2423 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2424 | {\it message} may contain newline characters, in which case the |
2425 | message will be split into separate lines, to cater for large messages. | |
a660d684 | 2426 | |
b0fc8832 | 2427 | \wxheading{Include files} |
a660d684 | 2428 | |
b0fc8832 | 2429 | <wx/msgdlg.h> |
a660d684 | 2430 | |
84ed77ef | 2431 | |
b0fc8832 | 2432 | \membersection{::wxShowTip}\label{wxshowtip} |
a660d684 | 2433 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2434 | \func{bool}{wxShowTip}{\param{wxWindow *}{parent}, |
2435 | \param{wxTipProvider *}{tipProvider}, | |
cc81d32f | 2436 | \param{bool }{showAtStartup = true}} |
a660d684 | 2437 | |
7975104d | 2438 | This function shows a "startup tip" to the user. The return value is the |
cf700088 | 2439 | state of the `Show tips at startup' checkbox. |
a660d684 | 2440 | |
b0fc8832 | 2441 | \docparam{parent}{The parent window for the modal dialog} |
a660d684 | 2442 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2443 | \docparam{tipProvider}{An object which is used to get the text of the tips. |
2444 | It may be created with the \helpref{wxCreateFileTipProvider}{wxcreatefiletipprovider} function.} | |
a660d684 | 2445 | |
cc81d32f | 2446 | \docparam{showAtStartup}{Should be true if startup tips are shown, false |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2447 | otherwise. This is used as the initial value for "Show tips at startup" |
2448 | checkbox which is shown in the tips dialog.} | |
a660d684 | 2449 | |
b0fc8832 | 2450 | \wxheading{See also} |
a660d684 | 2451 | |
b0fc8832 | 2452 | \helpref{Tips overview}{tipsoverview} |
a660d684 | 2453 | |
b0fc8832 | 2454 | \wxheading{Include files} |
f6bcfd97 | 2455 | |
b0fc8832 | 2456 | <wx/tipdlg.h> |
f6bcfd97 | 2457 | |
a02afd14 | 2458 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
2459 | |
2460 | ||
569ef72a | 2461 | \section{Math functions}\label{mathfunctions} |
a02afd14 VZ |
2462 | |
2463 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
2464 | ||
2465 | <wx/math.h> | |
2466 | ||
84ed77ef | 2467 | |
a02afd14 VZ |
2468 | \membersection{wxFinite}\label{wxfinite} |
2469 | ||
2470 | \func{int}{wxFinite}{\param{double }{x}} | |
2471 | ||
39434ba3 | 2472 | Returns a non-zero value if {\it x} is neither infinite nor NaN (not a number), |
a02afd14 VZ |
2473 | returns 0 otherwise. |
2474 | ||
84ed77ef | 2475 | |
a02afd14 VZ |
2476 | \membersection{wxIsNaN}\label{wxisnan} |
2477 | ||
2478 | \func{bool}{wxIsNaN}{\param{double }{x}} | |
2479 | ||
2480 | Returns a non-zero value if {\it x} is NaN (not a number), returns 0 | |
2481 | otherwise. | |
2482 | ||
2483 | ||
84ed77ef VZ |
2484 | |
2485 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2486 | \section{GDI functions}\label{gdifunctions} |
f6bcfd97 | 2487 | |
b0fc8832 | 2488 | The following are relevant to the GDI (Graphics Device Interface). |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2489 | |
2490 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
2491 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2492 | <wx/gdicmn.h> |
f6bcfd97 | 2493 | |
84ed77ef | 2494 | |
b0fc8832 | 2495 | \membersection{wxBITMAP}\label{wxbitmapmacro} |
a660d684 | 2496 | |
b0fc8832 | 2497 | \func{}{wxBITMAP}{bitmapName} |
a660d684 | 2498 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2499 | This macro loads a bitmap from either application resources (on the platforms |
2500 | for which they exist, i.e. Windows and OS2) or from an XPM file. It allows to | |
2501 | avoid using {\tt \#ifdef}s when creating bitmaps. | |
a660d684 | 2502 | |
b0fc8832 | 2503 | \wxheading{See also} |
954b8ae6 | 2504 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2505 | \helpref{Bitmaps and icons overview}{wxbitmapoverview}, |
2506 | \helpref{wxICON}{wxiconmacro} | |
a660d684 | 2507 | |
b0fc8832 | 2508 | \wxheading{Include files} |
954b8ae6 | 2509 | |
b0fc8832 | 2510 | <wx/gdicmn.h> |
a660d684 | 2511 | |
84ed77ef | 2512 | |
b0fc8832 | 2513 | \membersection{::wxClientDisplayRect}\label{wxclientdisplayrect} |
a660d684 | 2514 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2515 | \func{void}{wxClientDisplayRect}{\param{int *}{x}, \param{int *}{y}, |
2516 | \param{int *}{width}, \param{int *}{height}} | |
954b8ae6 | 2517 | |
b0fc8832 | 2518 | \func{wxRect}{wxGetClientDisplayRect}{\void} |
954b8ae6 | 2519 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2520 | Returns the dimensions of the work area on the display. On Windows |
2521 | this means the area not covered by the taskbar, etc. Other platforms | |
2522 | are currently defaulting to the whole display until a way is found to | |
2523 | provide this info for all window managers, etc. | |
a660d684 | 2524 | |
84ed77ef | 2525 | |
b0fc8832 | 2526 | \membersection{::wxColourDisplay}\label{wxcolourdisplay} |
a660d684 | 2527 | |
b0fc8832 | 2528 | \func{bool}{wxColourDisplay}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2529 | |
cc81d32f | 2530 | Returns true if the display is colour, false otherwise. |
a660d684 | 2531 | |
84ed77ef | 2532 | |
b0fc8832 | 2533 | \membersection{::wxDisplayDepth}\label{wxdisplaydepth} |
954b8ae6 | 2534 | |
b0fc8832 | 2535 | \func{int}{wxDisplayDepth}{\void} |
954b8ae6 | 2536 | |
b0fc8832 | 2537 | Returns the depth of the display (a value of 1 denotes a monochrome display). |
a660d684 | 2538 | |
84ed77ef | 2539 | |
b0fc8832 | 2540 | \membersection{::wxDisplaySize}\label{wxdisplaysize} |
a660d684 | 2541 | |
b0fc8832 | 2542 | \func{void}{wxDisplaySize}{\param{int *}{width}, \param{int *}{height}} |
a660d684 | 2543 | |
b0fc8832 | 2544 | \func{wxSize}{wxGetDisplaySize}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2545 | |
b0fc8832 | 2546 | Returns the display size in pixels. |
a660d684 | 2547 | |
84ed77ef | 2548 | |
b0fc8832 | 2549 | \membersection{::wxDisplaySizeMM}\label{wxdisplaysizemm} |
a660d684 | 2550 | |
b0fc8832 | 2551 | \func{void}{wxDisplaySizeMM}{\param{int *}{width}, \param{int *}{height}} |
a660d684 | 2552 | |
b0fc8832 | 2553 | \func{wxSize}{wxGetDisplaySizeMM}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2554 | |
b0fc8832 | 2555 | Returns the display size in millimeters. |
e2a6f233 | 2556 | |
84ed77ef | 2557 | |
b0fc8832 | 2558 | \membersection{::wxDROP\_ICON}\label{wxdropicon} |
e2a6f233 | 2559 | |
b0fc8832 | 2560 | \func{wxIconOrCursor}{wxDROP\_ICON}{\param{const char *}{name}} |
e2a6f233 | 2561 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2562 | This macro creates either a cursor (MSW) or an icon (elsewhere) with the given |
2563 | name. Under MSW, the cursor is loaded from the resource file and the icon is | |
2564 | loaded from XPM file under other platforms. | |
2565 | ||
2566 | This macro should be used with | |
2567 | \helpref{wxDropSource constructor}{wxdropsourcewxdropsource}. | |
e2a6f233 | 2568 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
2569 | \wxheading{Include files} |
2570 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2571 | <wx/dnd.h> |
954b8ae6 | 2572 | |
84ed77ef | 2573 | |
b0fc8832 | 2574 | \membersection{wxICON}\label{wxiconmacro} |
e2a6f233 | 2575 | |
b0fc8832 | 2576 | \func{}{wxICON}{iconName} |
e2a6f233 | 2577 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2578 | This macro loads an icon from either application resources (on the platforms |
2579 | for which they exist, i.e. Windows and OS2) or from an XPM file. It allows to | |
2580 | avoid using {\tt \#ifdef}s when creating icons. | |
e2a6f233 | 2581 | |
b0fc8832 | 2582 | \wxheading{See also} |
e2a6f233 | 2583 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2584 | \helpref{Bitmaps and icons overview}{wxbitmapoverview}, |
2585 | \helpref{wxBITMAP}{wxbitmapmacro} | |
e2a6f233 | 2586 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
2587 | \wxheading{Include files} |
2588 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2589 | <wx/gdicmn.h> |
a660d684 | 2590 | |
84ed77ef | 2591 | |
b0fc8832 | 2592 | \membersection{::wxMakeMetafilePlaceable}\label{wxmakemetafileplaceable} |
de6019fb | 2593 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2594 | \func{bool}{wxMakeMetafilePlaceable}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}, \param{int }{minX}, \param{int }{minY}, |
2595 | \param{int }{maxX}, \param{int }{maxY}, \param{float }{scale=1.0}} | |
a660d684 | 2596 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2597 | Given a filename for an existing, valid metafile (as constructed using \helpref{wxMetafileDC}{wxmetafiledc}) |
2598 | makes it into a placeable metafile by prepending a header containing the given | |
2599 | bounding box. The bounding box may be obtained from a device context after drawing | |
2600 | into it, using the functions wxDC::MinX, wxDC::MinY, wxDC::MaxX and wxDC::MaxY. | |
a660d684 | 2601 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2602 | In addition to adding the placeable metafile header, this function adds |
2603 | the equivalent of the following code to the start of the metafile data: | |
a660d684 | 2604 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2605 | \begin{verbatim} |
2606 | SetMapMode(dc, MM_ANISOTROPIC); | |
2607 | SetWindowOrg(dc, minX, minY); | |
2608 | SetWindowExt(dc, maxX - minX, maxY - minY); | |
2609 | \end{verbatim} | |
6fb26ea3 | 2610 | |
fc2171bd | 2611 | This simulates the wxMM\_TEXT mapping mode, which wxWidgets assumes. |
954b8ae6 | 2612 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2613 | Placeable metafiles may be imported by many Windows applications, and can be |
2614 | used in RTF (Rich Text Format) files. | |
954b8ae6 | 2615 | |
b0fc8832 | 2616 | {\it scale} allows the specification of scale for the metafile. |
a660d684 | 2617 | |
b0fc8832 | 2618 | This function is only available under Windows. |
a660d684 | 2619 | |
84ed77ef | 2620 | |
b0fc8832 | 2621 | \membersection{::wxSetCursor}\label{wxsetcursor} |
a660d684 | 2622 | |
b0fc8832 | 2623 | \func{void}{wxSetCursor}{\param{wxCursor *}{cursor}} |
954b8ae6 | 2624 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2625 | Globally sets the cursor; only has an effect in Windows and GTK. |
2626 | See also \helpref{wxCursor}{wxcursor}, \helpref{wxWindow::SetCursor}{wxwindowsetcursor}. | |
954b8ae6 | 2627 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
2628 | |
2629 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2630 | \section{Printer settings}\label{printersettings} |
8e193f38 | 2631 | |
2bd25c5a | 2632 | {\bf NB:} These routines are obsolete and should no longer be used! |
8e193f38 | 2633 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2634 | The following functions are used to control PostScript printing. Under |
2635 | Windows, PostScript output can only be sent to a file. | |
8e193f38 VZ |
2636 | |
2637 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
2638 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2639 | <wx/dcps.h> |
a660d684 | 2640 | |
84ed77ef | 2641 | |
b0fc8832 | 2642 | \membersection{::wxGetPrinterCommand}\label{wxgetprintercommand} |
a660d684 | 2643 | |
b0fc8832 | 2644 | \func{wxString}{wxGetPrinterCommand}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2645 | |
b0fc8832 | 2646 | Gets the printer command used to print a file. The default is {\tt lpr}. |
a660d684 | 2647 | |
84ed77ef | 2648 | |
b0fc8832 | 2649 | \membersection{::wxGetPrinterFile}\label{wxgetprinterfile} |
a660d684 | 2650 | |
b0fc8832 | 2651 | \func{wxString}{wxGetPrinterFile}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2652 | |
b0fc8832 | 2653 | Gets the PostScript output filename. |
a660d684 | 2654 | |
84ed77ef | 2655 | |
b0fc8832 | 2656 | \membersection{::wxGetPrinterMode}\label{wxgetprintermode} |
a660d684 | 2657 | |
b0fc8832 | 2658 | \func{int}{wxGetPrinterMode}{\void} |
954b8ae6 | 2659 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2660 | Gets the printing mode controlling where output is sent (PS\_PREVIEW, PS\_FILE or PS\_PRINTER). |
2661 | The default is PS\_PREVIEW. | |
954b8ae6 | 2662 | |
84ed77ef | 2663 | |
b0fc8832 | 2664 | \membersection{::wxGetPrinterOptions}\label{wxgetprinteroptions} |
954b8ae6 | 2665 | |
b0fc8832 | 2666 | \func{wxString}{wxGetPrinterOptions}{\void} |
954b8ae6 | 2667 | |
b0fc8832 | 2668 | Gets the additional options for the print command (e.g. specific printer). The default is nothing. |
954b8ae6 | 2669 | |
84ed77ef | 2670 | |
b0fc8832 | 2671 | \membersection{::wxGetPrinterOrientation}\label{wxgetprinterorientation} |
954b8ae6 | 2672 | |
b0fc8832 | 2673 | \func{int}{wxGetPrinterOrientation}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2674 | |
b0fc8832 | 2675 | Gets the orientation (PS\_PORTRAIT or PS\_LANDSCAPE). The default is PS\_PORTRAIT. |
a660d684 | 2676 | |
84ed77ef | 2677 | |
b0fc8832 | 2678 | \membersection{::wxGetPrinterPreviewCommand}\label{wxgetprinterpreviewcommand} |
8e193f38 | 2679 | |
b0fc8832 | 2680 | \func{wxString}{wxGetPrinterPreviewCommand}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2681 | |
b0fc8832 | 2682 | Gets the command used to view a PostScript file. The default depends on the platform. |
954b8ae6 | 2683 | |
84ed77ef | 2684 | |
b0fc8832 | 2685 | \membersection{::wxGetPrinterScaling}\label{wxgetprinterscaling} |
954b8ae6 | 2686 | |
b0fc8832 | 2687 | \func{void}{wxGetPrinterScaling}{\param{float *}{x}, \param{float *}{y}} |
a660d684 | 2688 | |
b0fc8832 | 2689 | Gets the scaling factor for PostScript output. The default is 1.0, 1.0. |
a660d684 | 2690 | |
84ed77ef | 2691 | |
b0fc8832 | 2692 | \membersection{::wxGetPrinterTranslation}\label{wxgetprintertranslation} |
a660d684 | 2693 | |
b0fc8832 | 2694 | \func{void}{wxGetPrinterTranslation}{\param{float *}{x}, \param{float *}{y}} |
954b8ae6 | 2695 | |
b0fc8832 | 2696 | Gets the translation (from the top left corner) for PostScript output. The default is 0.0, 0.0. |
954b8ae6 | 2697 | |
84ed77ef | 2698 | |
b0fc8832 | 2699 | \membersection{::wxSetPrinterCommand}\label{wxsetprintercommand} |
a660d684 | 2700 | |
b0fc8832 | 2701 | \func{void}{wxSetPrinterCommand}{\param{const wxString\& }{command}} |
a660d684 | 2702 | |
b0fc8832 | 2703 | Sets the printer command used to print a file. The default is {\tt lpr}. |
a660d684 | 2704 | |
84ed77ef | 2705 | |
b0fc8832 | 2706 | \membersection{::wxSetPrinterFile}\label{wxsetprinterfile} |
cd6ce4a9 | 2707 | |
b0fc8832 | 2708 | \func{void}{wxSetPrinterFile}{\param{const wxString\& }{filename}} |
f6bcfd97 | 2709 | |
b0fc8832 | 2710 | Sets the PostScript output filename. |
a660d684 | 2711 | |
84ed77ef | 2712 | |
b0fc8832 | 2713 | \membersection{::wxSetPrinterMode}\label{wxsetprintermode} |
a660d684 | 2714 | |
b0fc8832 | 2715 | \func{void}{wxSetPrinterMode}{\param{int }{mode}} |
a660d684 | 2716 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2717 | Sets the printing mode controlling where output is sent (PS\_PREVIEW, PS\_FILE or PS\_PRINTER). |
2718 | The default is PS\_PREVIEW. | |
cd6ce4a9 | 2719 | |
84ed77ef | 2720 | |
b0fc8832 | 2721 | \membersection{::wxSetPrinterOptions}\label{wxsetprinteroptions} |
a660d684 | 2722 | |
b0fc8832 | 2723 | \func{void}{wxSetPrinterOptions}{\param{const wxString\& }{options}} |
e6045e08 | 2724 | |
b0fc8832 | 2725 | Sets the additional options for the print command (e.g. specific printer). The default is nothing. |
a660d684 | 2726 | |
84ed77ef | 2727 | |
b0fc8832 | 2728 | \membersection{::wxSetPrinterOrientation}\label{wxsetprinterorientation} |
eafc087e | 2729 | |
b0fc8832 | 2730 | \func{void}{wxSetPrinterOrientation}{\param{int}{ orientation}} |
cd6ce4a9 | 2731 | |
b0fc8832 | 2732 | Sets the orientation (PS\_PORTRAIT or PS\_LANDSCAPE). The default is PS\_PORTRAIT. |
a660d684 | 2733 | |
84ed77ef | 2734 | |
b0fc8832 | 2735 | \membersection{::wxSetPrinterPreviewCommand}\label{wxsetprinterpreviewcommand} |
954b8ae6 | 2736 | |
b0fc8832 | 2737 | \func{void}{wxSetPrinterPreviewCommand}{\param{const wxString\& }{command}} |
954b8ae6 | 2738 | |
b0fc8832 | 2739 | Sets the command used to view a PostScript file. The default depends on the platform. |
a660d684 | 2740 | |
84ed77ef | 2741 | |
b0fc8832 | 2742 | \membersection{::wxSetPrinterScaling}\label{wxsetprinterscaling} |
a660d684 | 2743 | |
b0fc8832 | 2744 | \func{void}{wxSetPrinterScaling}{\param{float }{x}, \param{float }{y}} |
a660d684 | 2745 | |
b0fc8832 | 2746 | Sets the scaling factor for PostScript output. The default is 1.0, 1.0. |
954b8ae6 | 2747 | |
84ed77ef | 2748 | |
b0fc8832 | 2749 | \membersection{::wxSetPrinterTranslation}\label{wxsetprintertranslation} |
954b8ae6 | 2750 | |
b0fc8832 | 2751 | \func{void}{wxSetPrinterTranslation}{\param{float }{x}, \param{float }{y}} |
a660d684 | 2752 | |
b0fc8832 | 2753 | Sets the translation (from the top left corner) for PostScript output. The default is 0.0, 0.0. |
a660d684 | 2754 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
2755 | |
2756 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
2757 | \section{Clipboard functions}\label{clipsboard} |
2758 | ||
2759 | These clipboard functions are implemented for Windows only. The use of these functions | |
2760 | is deprecated and the code is no longer maintained. Use the \helpref{wxClipboard}{wxclipboard} | |
2761 | class instead. | |
a660d684 | 2762 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
2763 | \wxheading{Include files} |
2764 | ||
b0fc8832 | 2765 | <wx/clipbrd.h> |
954b8ae6 | 2766 | |
84ed77ef | 2767 | |
f4fcc291 | 2768 | \membersection{::wxClipboardOpen}\label{functionwxclipboardopen} |
a660d684 | 2769 | |
b0fc8832 | 2770 | \func{bool}{wxClipboardOpen}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2771 | |
cc81d32f | 2772 | Returns true if this application has already opened the clipboard. |
a660d684 | 2773 | |
84ed77ef | 2774 | |
b0fc8832 | 2775 | \membersection{::wxCloseClipboard}\label{wxcloseclipboard} |
954b8ae6 | 2776 | |
b0fc8832 | 2777 | \func{bool}{wxCloseClipboard}{\void} |
954b8ae6 | 2778 | |
b0fc8832 | 2779 | Closes the clipboard to allow other applications to use it. |
a660d684 | 2780 | |
84ed77ef | 2781 | |
b0fc8832 | 2782 | \membersection{::wxEmptyClipboard}\label{wxemptyclipboard} |
a660d684 | 2783 | |
b0fc8832 | 2784 | \func{bool}{wxEmptyClipboard}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2785 | |
b0fc8832 | 2786 | Empties the clipboard. |
954b8ae6 | 2787 | |
84ed77ef | 2788 | |
b0fc8832 | 2789 | \membersection{::wxEnumClipboardFormats}\label{wxenumclipboardformats} |
954b8ae6 | 2790 | |
e7dfcb8e | 2791 | \func{int}{wxEnumClipboardFormats}{\param{int}{ dataFormat}} |
a660d684 | 2792 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2793 | Enumerates the formats found in a list of available formats that belong |
2794 | to the clipboard. Each call to this function specifies a known | |
2795 | available format; the function returns the format that appears next in | |
2796 | the list. | |
a660d684 | 2797 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2798 | {\it dataFormat} specifies a known format. If this parameter is zero, |
2799 | the function returns the first format in the list. | |
a660d684 | 2800 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2801 | The return value specifies the next known clipboard data format if the |
2802 | function is successful. It is zero if the {\it dataFormat} parameter specifies | |
2803 | the last format in the list of available formats, or if the clipboard | |
2804 | is not open. | |
a660d684 | 2805 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2806 | Before it enumerates the formats function, an application must open the clipboard by using the |
2807 | wxOpenClipboard function. | |
954b8ae6 | 2808 | |
84ed77ef | 2809 | |
b0fc8832 | 2810 | \membersection{::wxGetClipboardData}\label{wxgetclipboarddata} |
954b8ae6 | 2811 | |
e7dfcb8e | 2812 | \func{wxObject *}{wxGetClipboardData}{\param{int}{ dataFormat}} |
26a80c22 | 2813 | |
b0fc8832 | 2814 | Gets data from the clipboard. |
26a80c22 | 2815 | |
b0fc8832 | 2816 | {\it dataFormat} may be one of: |
26a80c22 | 2817 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2818 | \begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt |
2819 | \item wxCF\_TEXT or wxCF\_OEMTEXT: returns a pointer to new memory containing a null-terminated text string. | |
2820 | \item wxCF\_BITMAP: returns a new wxBitmap. | |
2821 | \end{itemize} | |
26a80c22 | 2822 | |
b0fc8832 | 2823 | The clipboard must have previously been opened for this call to succeed. |
26a80c22 | 2824 | |
84ed77ef | 2825 | |
b0fc8832 | 2826 | \membersection{::wxGetClipboardFormatName}\label{wxgetclipboardformatname} |
26a80c22 | 2827 | |
e7dfcb8e | 2828 | \func{bool}{wxGetClipboardFormatName}{\param{int}{ dataFormat}, \param{const wxString\& }{formatName}, \param{int}{ maxCount}} |
a660d684 | 2829 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2830 | Gets the name of a registered clipboard format, and puts it into the buffer {\it formatName} which is of maximum |
2831 | length {\it maxCount}. {\it dataFormat} must not specify a predefined clipboard format. | |
a660d684 | 2832 | |
84ed77ef | 2833 | |
b0fc8832 | 2834 | \membersection{::wxIsClipboardFormatAvailable}\label{wxisclipboardformatavailable} |
a660d684 | 2835 | |
e7dfcb8e | 2836 | \func{bool}{wxIsClipboardFormatAvailable}{\param{int}{ dataFormat}} |
954b8ae6 | 2837 | |
cc81d32f | 2838 | Returns true if the given data format is available on the clipboard. |
954b8ae6 | 2839 | |
84ed77ef | 2840 | |
b0fc8832 | 2841 | \membersection{::wxOpenClipboard}\label{wxopenclipboard} |
a660d684 | 2842 | |
b0fc8832 | 2843 | \func{bool}{wxOpenClipboard}{\void} |
a660d684 | 2844 | |
b0fc8832 | 2845 | Opens the clipboard for passing data to it or getting data from it. |
a660d684 | 2846 | |
84ed77ef | 2847 | |
b0fc8832 | 2848 | \membersection{::wxRegisterClipboardFormat}\label{wxregisterclipboardformat} |
954b8ae6 | 2849 | |
b0fc8832 | 2850 | \func{int}{wxRegisterClipboardFormat}{\param{const wxString\& }{formatName}} |
954b8ae6 | 2851 | |
b0fc8832 | 2852 | Registers the clipboard data format name and returns an identifier. |
a660d684 | 2853 | |
84ed77ef | 2854 | |
b0fc8832 | 2855 | \membersection{::wxSetClipboardData}\label{wxsetclipboarddata} |
a660d684 | 2856 | |
e7dfcb8e | 2857 | \func{bool}{wxSetClipboardData}{\param{int}{ dataFormat}, \param{wxObject*}{ data}, \param{int}{ width}, \param{int}{ height}} |
c51deffc | 2858 | |
b0fc8832 | 2859 | Passes data to the clipboard. |
c51deffc | 2860 | |
b0fc8832 | 2861 | {\it dataFormat} may be one of: |
a660d684 | 2862 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
2863 | \begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt |
2864 | \item wxCF\_TEXT or wxCF\_OEMTEXT: {\it data} is a null-terminated text string. | |
2865 | \item wxCF\_BITMAP: {\it data} is a wxBitmap. | |
2866 | \item wxCF\_DIB: {\it data} is a wxBitmap. The bitmap is converted to a DIB (device independent bitmap). | |
2867 | \item wxCF\_METAFILE: {\it data} is a wxMetafile. {\it width} and {\it height} are used to give recommended dimensions. | |
2868 | \end{itemize} | |
954b8ae6 | 2869 | |
b0fc8832 | 2870 | The clipboard must have previously been opened for this call to succeed. |
954b8ae6 | 2871 | |
4104ed92 | 2872 | |
6d98f963 | 2873 | \section{Miscellaneous functions and macros}\label{miscellany} |
a660d684 | 2874 | |
84ed77ef | 2875 | |
4db03d26 VZ |
2876 | \membersection{wxBase64Decode}\label{wxbase64decode} |
2877 | ||
6af76942 VZ |
2878 | \func{size\_t}{wxBase64Decode}{\param{void *}{dst}, \param{size\_t }{dstLen}, |
2879 | \param{const char * }{src}, \param{size\_t }{srcLen = wxNO\_LEN}, | |
2880 | \param{wxBase64DecodeMode }{mode = wxBase64DecodeMode\_Strict}, | |
4db03d26 VZ |
2881 | \param{size\_t }{*posErr = \NULL}} |
2882 | ||
2883 | \func{wxMemoryBuffer}{wxBase64Decode}{\\ | |
2884 | \param{const char * }{src}, \param{size\_t }{srcLen = wxNO\_LEN},\\ | |
2885 | \param{wxBase64DecodeMode }{mode = wxBase64DecodeMode\_Strict},\\ | |
2886 | \param{size\_t }{*posErr = \NULL}} | |
2887 | ||
e3408b70 VZ |
2888 | \func{wxMemoryBuffer}{wxBase64Decode}{\\ |
2889 | \param{const wxString\& }{src},\\ | |
2890 | \param{wxBase64DecodeMode }{mode = wxBase64DecodeMode\_Strict},\\ | |
2891 | \param{size\_t }{*posErr = \NULL}} | |
2892 | ||
4db03d26 VZ |
2893 | These function decode a Base64-encoded string. The first version is a raw |
2894 | decoding function and decodes the data into the provided buffer \arg{dst} of | |
2895 | the given size \arg{dstLen}. An error is returned if the buffer is not large | |
2896 | enough -- that is not at least \helpref{wxBase64DecodedSize(srcLen)}{wxbase64decodedsize} | |
2897 | bytes. The second version allocates memory internally and returns it as | |
2898 | \helpref{wxMemoryBuffer}{wxmemorybuffer} and is recommended for normal use. | |
2899 | ||
2900 | The first version returns the number of bytes written to the buffer or the | |
2901 | necessary buffer size if \arg{dst} was \NULL or \texttt{wxCONV\_FAILED} on | |
2902 | error, e.g. if the output buffer is too small or invalid characters were | |
2903 | encountered in the input string. The second version returns a buffer with the | |
2904 | base64 decoded binary equivalent of the input string. In neither case is the | |
2905 | buffer NUL-terminated. | |
2906 | ||
2907 | \wxheading{Parameters} | |
2908 | ||
2909 | \docparam{dst}{Pointer to output buffer, may be \NULL to just compute the | |
2910 | necessary buffer size.} | |
2911 | ||
2912 | \docparam{dstLen}{The size of the output buffer, ignored if \arg{dst} is | |
2913 | \NULL.} | |
2914 | ||
e3408b70 VZ |
2915 | \docparam{src}{The input string, must not be \NULL. For the version using |
2916 | wxString, the input string should contain only ASCII characters.} | |
4db03d26 VZ |
2917 | |
2918 | \docparam{srcLen}{The length of the input string or special value | |
2919 | \texttt{wxNO\_LEN} if the string is \NUL-terminated and the length should be | |
2920 | computed by this function itself.} | |
2921 | ||
2922 | \docparam{mode}{This parameter specifies the function behaviour when invalid | |
2923 | characters are encountered in input. By default, any such character stops the | |
2924 | decoding with error. If the mode is wxBase64DecodeMode\_SkipWS, then the white | |
2925 | space characters are silently skipped instead. And if it is | |
2926 | wxBase64DecodeMode\_Relaxed, then all invalid characters are skipped.} | |
2927 | ||
2928 | \docparam{posErr}{If this pointer is non-\NULL and an error occurs during | |
2929 | decoding, it is filled with the index of the invalid character.} | |
2930 | ||
2931 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
2932 | ||
2933 | <wx/base64.h> | |
2934 | ||
2935 | ||
2936 | \membersection{wxBase64DecodedSize}\label{wxbase64decodedsize} | |
2937 | ||
2938 | \func{size\_t}{wxBase64DecodedSize}{\param{size\_t }{srcLen}} | |
2939 | ||
2940 | Returns the size of the buffer necessary to contain the data encoded in a | |
2941 | base64 string of length \arg{srcLen}. This can be useful for allocating a | |
2942 | buffer to be passed to \helpref{wxBase64Decode}{wxbase64decode}. | |
2943 | ||
2944 | ||
2945 | \membersection{wxBase64Encode}\label{wxbase64encode} | |
2946 | ||
6af76942 | 2947 | \func{size\_t}{wxBase64Encode}{\param{char *}{dst}, \param{size\_t }{dstLen}, |
4db03d26 VZ |
2948 | \param{const void *}{src}, \param{size\_t }{srcLen}} |
2949 | ||
6af76942 | 2950 | \func{wxString}{wxBase64Encode}{\param{const void *}{src}, \param{size\_t }{srcLen}} |
4db03d26 VZ |
2951 | |
2952 | \func{wxString}{wxBase64Encode}{\param{const wxMemoryBuffer\& }{buf}} | |
2953 | ||
2954 | These functions encode the given data using base64. The first of them is the | |
2955 | raw encoding function writing the output string into provided buffer while the | |
2956 | other ones return the output as wxString. There is no error return for these | |
2957 | functions except for the first one which returns \texttt{wxCONV\_FAILED} if the | |
2958 | output buffer is too small. To allocate the buffer of the correct size, use | |
2959 | \helpref{wxBase64EncodedSize}{wxbase64encodedsize} or call this function with | |
2960 | \arg{dst} set to \NULL -- it will then return the necessary buffer size. | |
2961 | ||
2962 | \wxheading{Parameters} | |
2963 | ||
2964 | \docparam{dst}{The output buffer, may be \NULL to retrieve the needed buffer | |
2965 | size.} | |
2966 | ||
2967 | \docparam{dstLen}{The output buffer size, ignored if \arg{dst} is \NULL.} | |
2968 | ||
2969 | \docparam{src}{The input buffer, must not be \NULL.} | |
2970 | ||
2971 | \docparam{srcLen}{The length of the input data.} | |
2972 | ||
2973 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
2974 | ||
2975 | <wx/base64.h> | |
2976 | ||
2977 | ||
2978 | \membersection{wxBase64EncodedSize}\label{wxbase64encodedsize} | |
2979 | ||
6af76942 | 2980 | \func{size\_t}{wxBase64EncodedSize}{\param{size\_t }{len}} |
4db03d26 VZ |
2981 | |
2982 | Returns the length of the string with base64 representation of a buffer of | |
2983 | specified size \arg{len}. This can be useful for allocating the buffer passed | |
2984 | to \helpref{wxBase64Encode}{wxbase64encode}. | |
2985 | ||
2986 | ||
3c595496 VZ |
2987 | \membersection{wxCONCAT}\label{wxconcat} |
2988 | ||
2989 | \func{}{wxCONCAT}{\param{}{x}, \param{}{y}} | |
2990 | ||
2991 | This macro returns the concatenation of two tokens \arg{x} and \arg{y}. | |
2992 | ||
2993 | ||
a57f7612 FM |
2994 | \membersection{wxDECLARE\_APP}\label{wxdeclareapp} |
2995 | ||
2996 | \func{}{wxDECLARE\_APP}{className} | |
2997 | ||
2998 | This is used in headers to create a forward declaration of the | |
2999 | \helpref{wxGetApp}{wxgetapp} function implemented by | |
3000 | \helpref{wxIMPLEMENT\_APP}{wximplementapp}. It creates the declaration | |
3001 | {\tt className\& wxGetApp(void)}. | |
3002 | ||
3003 | Example: | |
3004 | ||
3005 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3006 | wxDECLARE_APP(MyApp) | |
3007 | \end{verbatim} | |
3008 | ||
3009 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3010 | ||
3011 | <wx/app.h> | |
3012 | ||
3013 | ||
4104ed92 VZ |
3014 | \membersection{wxDYNLIB\_FUNCTION}\label{wxdynlibfunction} |
3015 | ||
3016 | \func{}{wxDYNLIB\_FUNCTION}{\param{}{type}, \param{}{name}, \param{}{dynlib}} | |
3017 | ||
8ea92b4d | 3018 | When loading a function from a DLL you always have to cast the returned |
b325f27f | 3019 | {\tt void *} pointer to the correct type and, even more annoyingly, you have to |
4104ed92 VZ |
3020 | repeat this type twice if you want to declare and define a function pointer all |
3021 | in one line | |
3022 | ||
3023 | This macro makes this slightly less painful by allowing you to specify the | |
3024 | type only once, as the first parameter, and creating a variable of this type | |
3025 | named after the function but with {\tt pfn} prefix and initialized with the | |
8ea92b4d | 3026 | function \arg{name} from the \helpref{wxDynamicLibrary}{wxdynamiclibrary} |
4104ed92 VZ |
3027 | \arg{dynlib}. |
3028 | ||
3029 | \wxheading{Parameters} | |
3030 | ||
3031 | \docparam{type}{the type of the function} | |
3032 | ||
3033 | \docparam{name}{the name of the function to load, not a string (without quotes, | |
3034 | it is quoted automatically by the macro)} | |
3035 | ||
3036 | \docparam{dynlib}{the library to load the function from} | |
3037 | ||
3038 | ||
84ed77ef | 3039 | |
5d88a6b5 VZ |
3040 | \membersection{wxDEPRECATED}\label{wxdeprecated} |
3041 | ||
3042 | This macro can be used around a function declaration to generate warnings | |
3043 | indicating that this function is deprecated (i.e. obsolete and planned to be | |
3044 | removed in the future) when it is used. Only Visual C++ 7 and higher and g++ | |
3045 | compilers currently support this functionality. | |
3046 | ||
3047 | Example of use: | |
3048 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3049 | // old function, use wxString version instead | |
3050 | wxDEPRECATED( void wxGetSomething(char *buf, size_t len) ); | |
3051 | ||
3052 | // ... | |
3053 | wxString wxGetSomething(); | |
3054 | \end{verbatim} | |
3055 | ||
3056 | ||
3057 | \membersection{wxDEPRECATED\_BUT\_USED\_INTERNALLY}\label{wxdeprecatedbutusedinternally} | |
3058 | ||
3059 | This is a special version of \helpref{wxDEPRECATED}{wxdeprecated} macro which | |
3060 | only does something when the deprecated function is used from the code outside | |
3061 | wxWidgets itself but doesn't generate warnings when it is used from wxWidgets. | |
3062 | It is used with the virtual functions which are called by the library itself -- | |
3063 | even if such function is deprecated the library still has to call it to ensure | |
3064 | that the existing code overriding it continues to work, but the use of this | |
3065 | macro ensures that a deprecation warning will be generated if this function is | |
3066 | used from the user code or, in case of Visual C++, even when it is simply | |
3067 | overridden. | |
3068 | ||
3069 | ||
3694bb76 VZ |
3070 | \membersection{wxDEPRECATED\_INLINE}\label{wxdeprecatedinline} |
3071 | ||
3072 | \func{}{wxDEPRECATED\_INLINE}{\param{}{func}, \param{}{body}} | |
3073 | ||
3074 | This macro is similar to \helpref{wxDEPRECATED}{wxdeprecated} but can be used | |
3075 | to not only declare the function \arg{func} as deprecated but to also provide | |
3076 | its (inline) implementation \arg{body}. | |
3077 | ||
3078 | It can be used as following: | |
3079 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3080 | class wxFoo | |
3081 | { | |
3082 | public: | |
3083 | // OldMethod() is deprecated, use NewMethod() instead | |
3084 | void NewMethod(); | |
3085 | wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void OldMethod(), NewMethod() ); | |
3086 | }; | |
3087 | \end{verbatim} | |
3088 | ||
986ecc86 VZ |
3089 | \membersection{wxEXPLICIT}\label{wxexplicit} |
3090 | ||
3091 | {\tt wxEXPLICIT} is a macro which expands to the C++ {\tt explicit} keyword if | |
3092 | the compiler supports it or nothing otherwise. Thus, it can be used even in the | |
3093 | code which might have to be compiled with an old compiler without support for | |
3094 | this language feature but still take advantage of it when it is available. | |
3095 | ||
84ed77ef | 3096 | |
6445acc7 | 3097 | |
f52d9e92 VZ |
3098 | \membersection{::wxGetKeyState}\label{wxgetkeystate} |
3099 | ||
1751226c | 3100 | \func{bool}{wxGetKeyState}{\param{wxKeyCode }{key}} |
f52d9e92 | 3101 | |
44353523 VZ |
3102 | For normal keys, returns \true if the specified key is currently down. |
3103 | ||
3104 | For togglable keys (Caps Lock, Num Lock and Scroll Lock), returns | |
3105 | \true if the key is toggled such that its LED indicator is lit. There is | |
3106 | currently no way to test whether togglable keys are up or down. | |
3107 | ||
3108 | Even though there are virtual key codes defined for mouse buttons, they | |
3109 | cannot be used with this function currently. | |
f52d9e92 VZ |
3110 | |
3111 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3112 | ||
3113 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3114 | ||
3115 | ||
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3116 | \membersection{wxLL}\label{wxll} |
3117 | ||
3118 | \func{wxLongLong\_t}{wxLL}{\param{}{number}} | |
3119 | ||
3120 | This macro is defined for the platforms with a native 64 bit integer type and | |
3121 | allows to define 64 bit compile time constants: | |
3122 | ||
3123 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3124 | #ifdef wxLongLong_t | |
3125 | wxLongLong_t ll = wxLL(0x1234567890abcdef); | |
3126 | #endif | |
3127 | \end{verbatim} | |
3128 | ||
3129 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3130 | ||
3131 | <wx/longlong.h> | |
3132 | ||
84ed77ef VZ |
3133 | \wxheading{See also} |
3134 | ||
3135 | \helpref{wxULL}{wxull}, \helpref{wxLongLong}{wxlonglong} | |
3136 | ||
3137 | ||
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3138 | \membersection{wxLongLongFmtSpec}\label{wxlonglongfmtspec} |
3139 | ||
3140 | This macro is defined to contain the {\tt printf()} format specifier using | |
3141 | which 64 bit integer numbers (i.e. those of type {\tt wxLongLong\_t}) can be | |
3142 | printed. Example of using it: | |
3143 | ||
3144 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3145 | #ifdef wxLongLong_t | |
3146 | wxLongLong_t ll = wxLL(0x1234567890abcdef); | |
3147 | printf("Long long = %" wxLongLongFmtSpec "x\n", ll); | |
3148 | #endif | |
3149 | \end{verbatim} | |
3150 | ||
3151 | \wxheading{See also} | |
3152 | ||
3153 | \helpref{wxLL}{wxll} | |
3154 | ||
3155 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3156 | ||
3157 | <wx/longlong.h> | |
3158 | ||
84ed77ef | 3159 | |
b0fc8832 | 3160 | \membersection{::wxNewId}\label{wxnewid} |
a660d684 | 3161 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3162 | \func{long}{wxNewId}{\void} |
3163 | ||
15c6269f VZ |
3164 | This function is deprecated as the ids generated by it can conflict with the |
3165 | ids defined by the user code, use \texttt{wxID\_ANY} to assign ids which are | |
3166 | guaranteed to not conflict with the user-defined ids for the controls and menu | |
3167 | items you create instead of using this function. | |
3168 | ||
3169 | ||
b0fc8832 | 3170 | Generates an integer identifier unique to this run of the program. |
a660d684 | 3171 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
3172 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3173 | ||
3174 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3175 | ||
84ed77ef | 3176 | |
1a64b24d VZ |
3177 | \membersection{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT}\label{wxonblockexit} |
3178 | ||
3179 | \func{}{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT0}{\param{}{func}} | |
6af76942 | 3180 | |
1a64b24d | 3181 | \func{}{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT1}{\param{}{func}, \param{}{p1}} |
6af76942 | 3182 | |
1a64b24d VZ |
3183 | \func{}{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT2}{\param{}{func}, \param{}{p1}, \param{}{p2}} |
3184 | ||
3185 | This family of macros allows to ensure that the global function \arg{func} | |
3186 | with 0, 1, 2 or more parameters (up to some implementaton-defined limit) is | |
3187 | executed on scope exit, whether due to a normal function return or because an | |
3188 | exception has been thrown. A typical example of its usage: | |
3189 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3190 | void *buf = malloc(size); | |
3191 | wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(free, buf); | |
3192 | \end{verbatim} | |
3193 | ||
3194 | Please see the original article by Andrei Alexandrescu and Petru Marginean | |
3195 | published in December 2000 issue of \emph{C/C++ Users Journal} for more | |
3196 | details. | |
3197 | ||
3198 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3199 | ||
3200 | <wx/scopeguard.h> | |
3201 | ||
3202 | \wxheading{See also} | |
3203 | ||
3204 | \helpref{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT\_OBJ}{wxonblockexitobj} | |
3205 | ||
3206 | ||
3207 | \membersection{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT\_OBJ}\label{wxonblockexitobj} | |
3208 | ||
3209 | \func{}{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT\_OBJ0}{\param{}{obj}, \param{}{method}} | |
6af76942 | 3210 | |
1a64b24d | 3211 | \func{}{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT\_OBJ1}{\param{}{obj}, \param{}{method}, \param{}{p1}} |
6af76942 | 3212 | |
1a64b24d VZ |
3213 | \func{}{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT\_OBJ2}{\param{}{obj}, \param{}{method}, \param{}{p1}, \param{}{p2}} |
3214 | ||
ce045aed | 3215 | This family of macros is similar to \helpref{wxON\_BLOCK\_EXIT}{wxonblockexit} |
1a64b24d VZ |
3216 | but calls a method of the given object instead of a free function. |
3217 | ||
3218 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3219 | ||
3220 | <wx/scopeguard.h> | |
3221 | ||
3222 | ||
b0fc8832 | 3223 | \membersection{::wxRegisterId}\label{wxregisterid} |
a660d684 | 3224 | |
b0fc8832 | 3225 | \func{void}{wxRegisterId}{\param{long}{ id}} |
a660d684 | 3226 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3227 | Ensures that ids subsequently generated by {\bf NewId} do not clash with |
3228 | the given {\bf id}. | |
a660d684 | 3229 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
3230 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3231 | ||
3232 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3233 | ||
84ed77ef | 3234 | |
b0fc8832 | 3235 | \membersection{::wxDDECleanUp}\label{wxddecleanup} |
bdc72a22 | 3236 | |
b0fc8832 | 3237 | \func{void}{wxDDECleanUp}{\void} |
bdc72a22 | 3238 | |
fc2171bd | 3239 | Called when wxWidgets exits, to clean up the DDE system. This no longer needs to be |
b0fc8832 | 3240 | called by the application. |
bdc72a22 | 3241 | |
b0fc8832 | 3242 | See also \helpref{wxDDEInitialize}{wxddeinitialize}. |
bdc72a22 VZ |
3243 | |
3244 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3245 | ||
b0fc8832 | 3246 | <wx/dde.h> |
a660d684 | 3247 | |
84ed77ef | 3248 | |
b0fc8832 | 3249 | \membersection{::wxDDEInitialize}\label{wxddeinitialize} |
a660d684 | 3250 | |
b0fc8832 | 3251 | \func{void}{wxDDEInitialize}{\void} |
a660d684 | 3252 | |
b0fc8832 | 3253 | Initializes the DDE system. May be called multiple times without harm. |
a660d684 | 3254 | |
b0fc8832 | 3255 | This no longer needs to be called by the application: it will be called |
fc2171bd | 3256 | by wxWidgets if necessary. |
bdc72a22 | 3257 | |
d2c2afc9 | 3258 | See also \helpref{wxDDEServer}{wxddeserver}, \helpref{wxDDEClient}{wxddeclient}, \helpref{wxDDEConnection}{wxddeconnection},\rtfsp |
b0fc8832 | 3259 | \helpref{wxDDECleanUp}{wxddecleanup}. |
bdc72a22 | 3260 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
3261 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3262 | ||
b0fc8832 | 3263 | <wx/dde.h> |
a660d684 | 3264 | |
84ed77ef | 3265 | |
b0fc8832 | 3266 | \membersection{::wxEnableTopLevelWindows}\label{wxenabletoplevelwindows} |
a660d684 | 3267 | |
08890e27 | 3268 | \func{void}{wxEnableTopLevelWindows}{\param{bool}{ enable = true}} |
a660d684 | 3269 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3270 | This function enables or disables all top level windows. It is used by |
3271 | \helpref{::wxSafeYield}{wxsafeyield}. | |
a660d684 | 3272 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
3273 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3274 | ||
3275 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3276 | ||
84ed77ef | 3277 | |
b0fc8832 | 3278 | \membersection{::wxFindMenuItemId}\label{wxfindmenuitemid} |
a660d684 | 3279 | |
b0fc8832 | 3280 | \func{int}{wxFindMenuItemId}{\param{wxFrame *}{frame}, \param{const wxString\& }{menuString}, \param{const wxString\& }{itemString}} |
a660d684 | 3281 | |
b0fc8832 | 3282 | Find a menu item identifier associated with the given frame's menu bar. |
a660d684 | 3283 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
3284 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3285 | ||
3286 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3287 | ||
84ed77ef | 3288 | |
b0fc8832 | 3289 | \membersection{::wxFindWindowByLabel}\label{wxfindwindowbylabel} |
c51deffc | 3290 | |
b0fc8832 | 3291 | \func{wxWindow *}{wxFindWindowByLabel}{\param{const wxString\& }{label}, \param{wxWindow *}{parent=NULL}} |
c51deffc | 3292 | |
b829bf55 | 3293 | {\bf NB:} This function is obsolete, please use |
146ba0fe VZ |
3294 | \helpref{wxWindow::FindWindowByLabel}{wxwindowfindwindowbylabel} instead. |
3295 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
3296 | Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label may be a window title |
3297 | or panel item label. If {\it parent} is NULL, the search will start from all top-level | |
3298 | frames and dialog boxes; if non-NULL, the search will be limited to the given window hierarchy. | |
3299 | The search is recursive in both cases. | |
c51deffc VZ |
3300 | |
3301 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3302 | ||
3303 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3304 | ||
84ed77ef | 3305 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3306 | \membersection{::wxFindWindowByName}\label{wxfindwindowbyname} |
3307 | ||
3308 | \func{wxWindow *}{wxFindWindowByName}{\param{const wxString\& }{name}, \param{wxWindow *}{parent=NULL}} | |
a660d684 | 3309 | |
b829bf55 | 3310 | {\bf NB:} This function is obsolete, please use |
146ba0fe VZ |
3311 | \helpref{wxWindow::FindWindowByName}{wxwindowfindwindowbyname} instead. |
3312 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
3313 | Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or {\bf Create} function call). |
3314 | If {\it parent} is NULL, the search will start from all top-level | |
3315 | frames and dialog boxes; if non-NULL, the search will be limited to the given window hierarchy. | |
3316 | The search is recursive in both cases. | |
a660d684 | 3317 | |
b0fc8832 | 3318 | If no such named window is found, {\bf wxFindWindowByLabel} is called. |
a660d684 | 3319 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
3320 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3321 | ||
3322 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3323 | ||
84ed77ef | 3324 | |
b0fc8832 | 3325 | \membersection{::wxFindWindowAtPoint}\label{wxfindwindowatpoint} |
6787e41e | 3326 | |
b0fc8832 | 3327 | \func{wxWindow *}{wxFindWindowAtPoint}{\param{const wxPoint\& }{pt}} |
6787e41e | 3328 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3329 | Find the deepest window at the given mouse position in screen coordinates, |
3330 | returning the window if found, or NULL if not. | |
4d01e583 | 3331 | |
84ed77ef | 3332 | |
b0fc8832 | 3333 | \membersection{::wxFindWindowAtPointer}\label{wxfindwindowatpointer} |
4d01e583 | 3334 | |
b0fc8832 | 3335 | \func{wxWindow *}{wxFindWindowAtPointer}{\param{wxPoint\& }{pt}} |
4d01e583 | 3336 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3337 | Find the deepest window at the mouse pointer position, returning the window |
3338 | and current pointer position in screen coordinates. | |
4d01e583 | 3339 | |
84ed77ef | 3340 | |
8b51786f VZ |
3341 | \membersection{wxFromString}\label{wxfromstring} |
3342 | ||
4d76ea94 | 3343 | \func{bool}{wxFromString}{\param{const wxString\& }{str}, |
fc9361e3 VZ |
3344 | \param{wxColour* }{col}} |
3345 | ||
3346 | \func{bool}{wxFromString}{\param{const wxString\& }{str}, | |
3347 | \param{wxFont* }{col}} | |
8b51786f VZ |
3348 | |
3349 | Converts string to the type of the second argument. Returns \true on success. | |
3350 | See also: \helpref{wxToString}{wxtostring}. | |
3351 | ||
3352 | ||
b0fc8832 | 3353 | \membersection{::wxGetActiveWindow}\label{wxgetactivewindow} |
4d01e583 | 3354 | |
b0fc8832 | 3355 | \func{wxWindow *}{wxGetActiveWindow}{\void} |
4d01e583 | 3356 | |
33de8c70 VZ |
3357 | Gets the currently active window (implemented for MSW and GTK only currently, |
3358 | always returns \NULL in the other ports). | |
4d01e583 | 3359 | |
b0fc8832 | 3360 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4d01e583 | 3361 | |
3de65dab | 3362 | <wx/window.h> |
4d01e583 | 3363 | |
84ed77ef | 3364 | |
8ea92b4d WS |
3365 | \membersection{::wxGetBatteryState}\label{wxgetbatterystate} |
3366 | ||
3367 | \func{wxBatteryState}{wxGetBatteryState}{\void} | |
3368 | ||
bb772a8e RN |
3369 | Returns battery state as one of \texttt{wxBATTERY\_NORMAL\_STATE}, |
3370 | \texttt{wxBATTERY\_LOW\_STATE}, \texttt{wxBATTERY\_CRITICAL\_STATE}, | |
3371 | \texttt{wxBATTERY\_SHUTDOWN\_STATE} or \texttt{wxBATTERY\_UNKNOWN\_STATE}. | |
3372 | \texttt{wxBATTERY\_UNKNOWN\_STATE} is also the default on platforms where | |
3032b7b5 | 3373 | this feature is not implemented (currently everywhere but MS Windows). |
8ea92b4d WS |
3374 | |
3375 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3376 | ||
3377 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3378 | ||
3379 | ||
b0fc8832 | 3380 | \membersection{::wxGetDisplayName}\label{wxgetdisplayname} |
4d01e583 | 3381 | |
b0fc8832 | 3382 | \func{wxString}{wxGetDisplayName}{\void} |
4d01e583 | 3383 | |
b0fc8832 | 3384 | Under X only, returns the current display name. See also \helpref{wxSetDisplayName}{wxsetdisplayname}. |
4d01e583 VZ |
3385 | |
3386 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3387 | ||
b0fc8832 | 3388 | <wx/utils.h> |
4d01e583 | 3389 | |
84ed77ef | 3390 | |
8ea92b4d WS |
3391 | \membersection{::wxGetPowerType}\label{wxgetpowertype} |
3392 | ||
3393 | \func{wxPowerType}{wxGetPowerType}{\void} | |
3394 | ||
bb772a8e RN |
3395 | Returns the type of power source as one of \texttt{wxPOWER\_SOCKET}, |
3396 | \texttt{wxPOWER\_BATTERY} or \texttt{wxPOWER\_UNKNOWN}. | |
3397 | \texttt{wxPOWER\_UNKNOWN} is also the default on platforms where this | |
3032b7b5 | 3398 | feature is not implemented (currently everywhere but MS Windows). |
8ea92b4d WS |
3399 | |
3400 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3401 | ||
3402 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3403 | ||
3404 | ||
b0fc8832 | 3405 | \membersection{::wxGetMousePosition}\label{wxgetmouseposition} |
4d01e583 | 3406 | |
b0fc8832 | 3407 | \func{wxPoint}{wxGetMousePosition}{\void} |
4d01e583 | 3408 | |
b0fc8832 | 3409 | Returns the mouse position in screen coordinates. |
4d01e583 VZ |
3410 | |
3411 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3412 | ||
3413 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3414 | ||
84ed77ef | 3415 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
3416 | \membersection{::wxGetMouseState}\label{wxgetmousestate} |
3417 | ||
3418 | \func{wxMouseState}{wxGetMouseState}{\void} | |
3419 | ||
3420 | Returns the current state of the mouse. Returns a wxMouseState | |
3421 | instance that contains the current position of the mouse pointer in | |
576b18f2 | 3422 | screen coordinates, as well as boolean values indicating the up/down |
7dd40b6f RD |
3423 | status of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys. |
3424 | ||
3425 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3426 | ||
3427 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3428 | ||
3429 | wxMouseState has the following interface: | |
3430 | ||
3431 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3432 | class wxMouseState | |
3433 | { | |
3434 | public: | |
3435 | wxMouseState(); | |
3436 | ||
3437 | wxCoord GetX(); | |
3438 | wxCoord GetY(); | |
3439 | ||
3440 | bool LeftDown(); | |
3441 | bool MiddleDown(); | |
3442 | bool RightDown(); | |
3443 | ||
3444 | bool ControlDown(); | |
3445 | bool ShiftDown(); | |
3446 | bool AltDown(); | |
3447 | bool MetaDown(); | |
3448 | bool CmdDown(); | |
3449 | ||
3450 | void SetX(wxCoord x); | |
3451 | void SetY(wxCoord y); | |
3452 | ||
3453 | void SetLeftDown(bool down); | |
3454 | void SetMiddleDown(bool down); | |
3455 | void SetRightDown(bool down); | |
e0c8d2d9 | 3456 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
3457 | void SetControlDown(bool down); |
3458 | void SetShiftDown(bool down); | |
3459 | void SetAltDown(bool down); | |
3460 | void SetMetaDown(bool down); | |
3461 | }; | |
3462 | \end{verbatim} | |
3463 | ||
3464 | ||
84ed77ef | 3465 | |
634629fa WS |
3466 | \membersection{::wxGetStockLabel}\label{wxgetstocklabel} |
3467 | ||
fbfb8bcc | 3468 | \func{wxString}{wxGetStockLabel}{\param{wxWindowID }{id}, \param{bool }{withCodes = true}, \param{const wxString\& }{accelerator = wxEmptyString}} |
634629fa WS |
3469 | |
3470 | Returns label that should be used for given {\it id} element. | |
3471 | ||
3472 | \wxheading{Parameters} | |
3473 | ||
3474 | \docparam{id}{given id of the \helpref{wxMenuItem}{wxmenuitem}, \helpref{wxButton}{wxbutton}, \helpref{wxToolBar}{wxtoolbar} tool, etc.} | |
3475 | ||
3476 | \docparam{withCodes}{if false then strip accelerator code from the label; | |
576b18f2 VZ |
3477 | useful for getting labels without accelerator char code like for toolbar tooltip or |
3478 | on platforms without traditional keyboard like smartphones} | |
634629fa WS |
3479 | |
3480 | \docparam{accelerator}{optional accelerator string automatically added to label; useful | |
3481 | for building labels for \helpref{wxMenuItem}{wxmenuitem}} | |
3482 | ||
3483 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3484 | ||
3485 | <wx/stockitem.h> | |
3486 | ||
3487 | ||
33b494d6 VZ |
3488 | \membersection{::wxGetTopLevelParent}\label{wxgettoplevelparent} |
3489 | ||
3490 | \func{wxWindow *}{wxGetTopLevelParent}{\param{wxWindow }{*win}} | |
3491 | ||
3492 | Returns the first top level parent of the given window, or in other words, the | |
3493 | frame or dialog containing it, or {\tt NULL}. | |
3494 | ||
3495 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3496 | ||
3497 | <wx/window.h> | |
3498 | ||
84ed77ef | 3499 | |
498a1eeb RN |
3500 | \membersection{::wxLaunchDefaultBrowser}\label{wxlaunchdefaultbrowser} |
3501 | ||
42d0df00 | 3502 | \func{bool}{wxLaunchDefaultBrowser}{\param{const wxString\& }{url}, \param{int }{flags = $0$}} |
498a1eeb | 3503 | |
ce045aed | 3504 | Open the \arg{url} in user's default browser. If \arg{flags} parameter contains |
42d0df00 | 3505 | \texttt{wxBROWSER\_NEW\_WINDOW} flag, a new window is opened for the URL |
54f69143 VZ |
3506 | (currently this is only supported under Windows). The \arg{url} may also be a |
3507 | local file path (with or without \texttt{file://} prefix), if it doesn't | |
3508 | correspond to an existing file and the URL has no scheme \texttt{http://} is | |
3509 | prepended to it by default. | |
498a1eeb | 3510 | |
42d0df00 | 3511 | Returns \true if the application was successfully launched. |
498a1eeb | 3512 | |
17ede0b1 RR |
3513 | Note that for some configurations of the running user, the application which |
3514 | is launched to open the given URL may be URL-dependent (e.g. a browser may be used for | |
3515 | local URLs while another one may be used for remote URLs). | |
3516 | ||
498a1eeb RN |
3517 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3518 | ||
3519 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3520 | ||
42d0df00 | 3521 | |
a660d684 KB |
3522 | \membersection{::wxLoadUserResource}\label{wxloaduserresource} |
3523 | ||
3524 | \func{wxString}{wxLoadUserResource}{\param{const wxString\& }{resourceName}, \param{const wxString\& }{resourceType=``TEXT"}} | |
3525 | ||
3526 | Loads a user-defined Windows resource as a string. If the resource is found, the function creates | |
3527 | a new character array and copies the data into it. A pointer to this data is returned. If unsuccessful, NULL is returned. | |
3528 | ||
3529 | The resource must be defined in the {\tt .rc} file using the following syntax: | |
3530 | ||
3531 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3532 | myResource TEXT file.ext | |
3533 | \end{verbatim} | |
3534 | ||
3535 | where {\tt file.ext} is a file that the resource compiler can find. | |
3536 | ||
a660d684 KB |
3537 | This function is available under Windows only. |
3538 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3539 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3540 | ||
3541 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3542 | ||
84ed77ef | 3543 | |
a660d684 KB |
3544 | \membersection{::wxPostDelete}\label{wxpostdelete} |
3545 | ||
3546 | \func{void}{wxPostDelete}{\param{wxObject *}{object}} | |
3547 | ||
954b8ae6 | 3548 | Tells the system to delete the specified object when |
a660d684 KB |
3549 | all other events have been processed. In some environments, it is |
3550 | necessary to use this instead of deleting a frame directly with the | |
954b8ae6 | 3551 | delete operator, because some GUIs will still send events to a deleted window. |
a660d684 KB |
3552 | |
3553 | Now obsolete: use \helpref{wxWindow::Close}{wxwindowclose} instead. | |
3554 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3555 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3556 | ||
3557 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3558 | ||
84ed77ef | 3559 | |
8e193f38 VZ |
3560 | \membersection{::wxPostEvent}\label{wxpostevent} |
3561 | ||
3562 | \func{void}{wxPostEvent}{\param{wxEvtHandler *}{dest}, \param{wxEvent\& }{event}} | |
3563 | ||
9a9e73f6 RR |
3564 | In a GUI application, this function posts {\it event} to the specified {\it dest} |
3565 | object using \helpref{wxEvtHandler::AddPendingEvent}{wxevthandleraddpendingevent}. | |
3566 | Otherwise, it dispatches {\it event} immediately using | |
3567 | \helpref{wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent}{wxevthandlerprocessevent}. | |
3568 | See the respective documentation for details (and caveats). | |
8e193f38 VZ |
3569 | |
3570 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3571 | ||
3572 | <wx/app.h> | |
3573 | ||
84ed77ef | 3574 | |
a660d684 KB |
3575 | \membersection{::wxSetDisplayName}\label{wxsetdisplayname} |
3576 | ||
3577 | \func{void}{wxSetDisplayName}{\param{const wxString\& }{displayName}} | |
3578 | ||
3579 | Under X only, sets the current display name. This is the X host and display name such | |
3580 | as ``colonsay:0.0", and the function indicates which display should be used for creating | |
3581 | windows from this point on. Setting the display within an application allows multiple | |
3582 | displays to be used. | |
3583 | ||
3584 | See also \helpref{wxGetDisplayName}{wxgetdisplayname}. | |
3585 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3586 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3587 | ||
3588 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3589 | ||
84ed77ef | 3590 | |
b0fc8832 | 3591 | \membersection{::wxStripMenuCodes}\label{wxstripmenucodes} |
a660d684 | 3592 | |
74639764 | 3593 | \func{wxString}{wxStripMenuCodes}{\param{const wxString\& }{str}, \param{int }{flags = wxStrip\_All}} |
8a2c6ef8 | 3594 | |
74639764 | 3595 | Strips any menu codes from \arg{str} and returns the result. |
a660d684 | 3596 | |
74639764 VZ |
3597 | By default, the functions strips both the mnemonics character (\texttt{'\&'}) |
3598 | which is used to indicate a keyboard shortkey, and the accelerators, which are | |
3599 | used only in the menu items and are separated from the main text by the | |
3600 | \texttt{$\backslash$t} (TAB) character. By using \arg{flags} of | |
3601 | \texttt{wxStrip\_Mnemonics} or \texttt{wxStrip\_Accel} to strip only the former | |
3602 | or the latter part, respectively. | |
8a2c6ef8 | 3603 | |
8bb6b2c0 VZ |
3604 | Notice that in most cases |
3605 | \helpref{wxMenuItem::GetLabelFromText}{wxmenuitemgetlabelfromtext} or | |
74639764 | 3606 | \helpref{wxControl::GetLabelText}{wxcontrolgetlabeltext} can be used instead. |
a660d684 | 3607 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
3608 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3609 | ||
3610 | <wx/utils.h> | |
3611 | ||
84ed77ef | 3612 | |
b4a81453 VZ |
3613 | \membersection{wxSTRINGIZE}\label{wxstringize} |
3614 | ||
3615 | \func{}{wxSTRINGIZE}{\param{}{x}} | |
3616 | ||
3617 | Returns the string representation of the given symbol which can be either a | |
3618 | literal or a macro (hence the advantage of using this macro instead of the | |
3619 | standard preprocessor \texttt{\#} operator which doesn't work with macros). | |
3620 | ||
84206bbb VZ |
3621 | Notice that this macro always produces a \texttt{char} string, use |
3622 | \helpref{wxSTRINGIZE\_T}{wxstringizet} to build a wide string Unicode build. | |
3623 | ||
b4a81453 VZ |
3624 | \wxheading{See also} |
3625 | ||
3626 | \helpref{wxCONCAT}{wxconcat} | |
3627 | ||
3628 | ||
84206bbb VZ |
3629 | \membersection{wxSTRINGIZE\_T}\label{wxstringizet} |
3630 | ||
3631 | \func{}{wxSTRINGIZE\_T}{\param{}{x}} | |
3632 | ||
3633 | Returns the string representation of the given symbol as either an ASCII or | |
3634 | Unicode string, depending on the current build. This is the Unicode-friendly | |
3635 | equivalent of \helpref{wxSTRINGIZE}{wxstringize}. | |
3636 | ||
3637 | ||
7261746a | 3638 | \membersection{wxSUPPRESS\_GCC\_PRIVATE\_DTOR\_WARNING}\label{wxsuppressgccprivatedtorwarning} |
b47f1f95 VZ |
3639 | |
3640 | \func{}{wxSUPPRESS\_GCC\_PRIVATE\_DTOR\_WARNING}{\param{}{name}} | |
3641 | ||
3642 | GNU C++ compiler gives a warning for any class whose destructor is private | |
3643 | unless it has a friend. This warning may sometimes be useful but it doesn't | |
3644 | make sense for reference counted class which always delete themselves (hence | |
3645 | destructor should be private) but don't necessarily have any friends, so this | |
3646 | macro is provided to disable the warning in such case. The \arg{name} parameter | |
3647 | should be the name of the class but is only used to construct a unique friend | |
3648 | class name internally. Example of using the macro: | |
3649 | ||
3650 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3651 | class RefCounted | |
3652 | { | |
3653 | public: | |
3654 | RefCounted() { m_nRef = 1; } | |
3655 | void IncRef() { m_nRef++ ; } | |
3656 | void DecRef() { if ( !--m_nRef ) delete this; } | |
3657 | ||
3658 | private: | |
3659 | ~RefCounted() { } | |
3660 | ||
3661 | wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR(RefCounted) | |
3662 | }; | |
3663 | \end{verbatim} | |
3664 | ||
3665 | Notice that there should be no semicolon after this macro. | |
3666 | ||
3667 | ||
8b51786f VZ |
3668 | \membersection{wxToString}\label{wxtostring} |
3669 | ||
fc9361e3 VZ |
3670 | \func{wxString}{wxToString}{\param{const wxColour\& }{col}} |
3671 | ||
3672 | \func{wxString}{wxToString}{\param{const wxFont\& }{col}} | |
8b51786f VZ |
3673 | |
3674 | Converts its argument to string. | |
3675 | See also: \helpref{wxFromString}{wxfromstring}. | |
3676 | ||
3677 | ||
84ed77ef VZ |
3678 | \membersection{wxULL}\label{wxull} |
3679 | ||
3680 | \func{wxLongLong\_t}{wxULL}{\param{}{number}} | |
3681 | ||
3682 | This macro is defined for the platforms with a native 64 bit integer type and | |
3683 | allows to define unsigned 64 bit compile time constants: | |
3684 | ||
3685 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3686 | #ifdef wxLongLong_t | |
3687 | unsigned wxLongLong_t ll = wxULL(0x1234567890abcdef); | |
3688 | #endif | |
3689 | \end{verbatim} | |
3690 | ||
3691 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3692 | ||
3693 | <wx/longlong.h> | |
3694 | ||
3695 | \wxheading{See also} | |
3696 | ||
3697 | \helpref{wxLL}{wxll}, \helpref{wxLongLong}{wxlonglong} | |
3698 | ||
3699 | ||
d85cfb37 VZ |
3700 | \membersection{wxVaCopy}\label{wxvacopy} |
3701 | ||
e7dfcb8e | 3702 | \func{void}{wxVaCopy}{\param{va\_list }{argptrDst}, \param{va\_list}{ argptrSrc}} |
d85cfb37 VZ |
3703 | |
3704 | This macro is the same as the standard C99 \texttt{va\_copy} for the compilers | |
3705 | which support it or its replacement for those that don't. It must be used to | |
3706 | preserve the value of a \texttt{va\_list} object if you need to use it after | |
3707 | passing it to another function because it can be modified by the latter. | |
3708 | ||
8ea92b4d | 3709 | As with \texttt{va\_start}, each call to \texttt{wxVaCopy} must have a matching |
d85cfb37 VZ |
3710 | \texttt{va\_end}. |
3711 | ||
3712 | ||
84ed77ef | 3713 | |
fd05688e VZ |
3714 | \membersection{\_\_WXFUNCTION\_\_}\label{wxfunction} |
3715 | ||
3716 | \func{}{\_\_WXFUNCTION\_\_}{\void} | |
3717 | ||
3718 | This macro expands to the name of the current function if the compiler supports | |
3719 | any of \texttt{\_\_FUNCTION\_\_}, \texttt{\_\_func\_\_} or equivalent variables | |
3720 | or macros or to \NULL if none of them is available. | |
3721 | ||
3722 | ||
84ed77ef | 3723 | |
81c9effa | 3724 | \section{Byte order macros}\label{byteordermacros} |
a660d684 | 3725 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3726 | The endian-ness issues (that is the difference between big-endian and |
3727 | little-endian architectures) are important for the portable programs working | |
3728 | with the external binary data (for example, data files or data coming from | |
3729 | network) which is usually in some fixed, platform-independent format. The | |
3730 | macros are helpful for transforming the data to the correct format. | |
a660d684 | 3731 | |
84ed77ef | 3732 | |
0180dad6 RR |
3733 | \membersection{wxINTXX\_SWAP\_ALWAYS}\label{intswapalways} |
3734 | ||
3735 | \func{wxInt32}{wxINT32\_SWAP\_ALWAYS}{\param{wxInt32 }{value}} | |
3736 | ||
3737 | \func{wxUint32}{wxUINT32\_SWAP\_ALWAYS}{\param{wxUint32 }{value}} | |
3738 | ||
3739 | \func{wxInt16}{wxINT16\_SWAP\_ALWAYS}{\param{wxInt16 }{value}} | |
3740 | ||
3741 | \func{wxUint16}{wxUINT16\_SWAP\_ALWAYS}{\param{wxUint16 }{value}} | |
3742 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
3743 | These macros will swap the bytes of the {\it value} variable from little |
3744 | endian to big endian or vice versa unconditionally, i.e. independently of the | |
3745 | current platform. | |
0180dad6 | 3746 | |
84ed77ef | 3747 | |
0180dad6 RR |
3748 | \membersection{wxINTXX\_SWAP\_ON\_BE}\label{intswaponbe} |
3749 | ||
3750 | \func{wxInt32}{wxINT32\_SWAP\_ON\_BE}{\param{wxInt32 }{value}} | |
3751 | ||
3752 | \func{wxUint32}{wxUINT32\_SWAP\_ON\_BE}{\param{wxUint32 }{value}} | |
3753 | ||
3754 | \func{wxInt16}{wxINT16\_SWAP\_ON\_BE}{\param{wxInt16 }{value}} | |
3755 | ||
3756 | \func{wxUint16}{wxUINT16\_SWAP\_ON\_BE}{\param{wxUint16 }{value}} | |
3757 | ||
3758 | This macro will swap the bytes of the {\it value} variable from little | |
3759 | endian to big endian or vice versa if the program is compiled on a | |
ec5d7799 | 3760 | big-endian architecture (such as Sun work stations). If the program has |
0180dad6 RR |
3761 | been compiled on a little-endian architecture, the value will be unchanged. |
3762 | ||
ec5d7799 | 3763 | Use these macros to read data from and write data to a file that stores |
b0fc8832 | 3764 | data in little-endian (for example Intel i386) format. |
0180dad6 | 3765 | |
84ed77ef | 3766 | |
0180dad6 RR |
3767 | \membersection{wxINTXX\_SWAP\_ON\_LE}\label{intswaponle} |
3768 | ||
3769 | \func{wxInt32}{wxINT32\_SWAP\_ON\_LE}{\param{wxInt32 }{value}} | |
3770 | ||
3771 | \func{wxUint32}{wxUINT32\_SWAP\_ON\_LE}{\param{wxUint32 }{value}} | |
3772 | ||
3773 | \func{wxInt16}{wxINT16\_SWAP\_ON\_LE}{\param{wxInt16 }{value}} | |
3774 | ||
3775 | \func{wxUint16}{wxUINT16\_SWAP\_ON\_LE}{\param{wxUint16 }{value}} | |
3776 | ||
3777 | This macro will swap the bytes of the {\it value} variable from little | |
3778 | endian to big endian or vice versa if the program is compiled on a | |
ec5d7799 | 3779 | little-endian architecture (such as Intel PCs). If the program has |
0180dad6 RR |
3780 | been compiled on a big-endian architecture, the value will be unchanged. |
3781 | ||
ec5d7799 | 3782 | Use these macros to read data from and write data to a file that stores |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3783 | data in big-endian format. |
3784 | ||
84ed77ef | 3785 | |
6d98f963 FM |
3786 | \membersection{wxFORCE\_LINK\_THIS\_MODULE}\label{wxforcelinkthismodule} |
3787 | ||
3788 | \func{}{wxFORCE\_LINK\_THIS\_MODULE}{moduleName} | |
3789 | ||
3790 | This macro can be used in conjunction with the | |
3791 | \helpref{wxFORCE\_LINK\_MODULE}{wxforcelinkmodule} macro to force | |
3792 | the linker to include in its output a specific object file. | |
3793 | ||
3794 | In particular, you should use this macro in the source file which you want | |
3795 | to force for inclusion. The \tt{moduleName} needs to be a name not already | |
3796 | in use in other \tt{wxFORCE\_LINK\_THIS\_MODULE} macros, but is not required | |
3797 | to be e.g. the same name of the source file (even if it's a good choice). | |
3798 | ||
3799 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3800 | ||
3801 | <wx/link.h> | |
3802 | ||
3803 | ||
3804 | \membersection{wxFORCE\_LINK\_MODULE}\label{wxforcelinkmodule} | |
3805 | ||
3806 | \func{}{wxFORCE\_LINK\_MODULE}{moduleName} | |
3807 | ||
3808 | This macro can be used in conjunction with the | |
3809 | \helpref{wxFORCE\_LINK\_THIS\_MODULE}{wxforcelinkthismodule} macro to force | |
3810 | the linker to include in its output a specific object file. | |
3811 | ||
3812 | In particular, you should use this macro in a source file which you know | |
3813 | for sure is linked in the output (e.g. the source file containing the "main()" | |
3814 | of your app). The \tt{moduleName} is the name of the module you want to forcefully link | |
3815 | (i.e. the name you used in the relative \helpref{wxFORCE\_LINK\_THIS\_MODULE}{wxforcelinkthismodule} macro. | |
3816 | ||
3817 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3818 | ||
3819 | <wx/link.h> | |
3820 | ||
3821 | ||
3822 | \membersection{wxIMPLEMENT\_APP}\label{wximplementapp} | |
3823 | ||
3824 | \func{}{wxIMPLEMENT\_APP}{className} | |
3825 | ||
3826 | This is used in the application class implementation file to make the application class | |
3827 | known to wxWidgets for dynamic construction. You use this as: | |
3828 | ||
3829 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3830 | wxIMPLEMENT_APP(MyApp) | |
3831 | \end{verbatim} | |
3832 | ||
3833 | See also \helpref{wxDECLARE\_APP}{wxdeclareapp}. | |
3834 | ||
3835 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
3836 | ||
3837 | <wx/app.h> | |
3838 | ||
84ed77ef | 3839 | |
f4fcc291 | 3840 | \section{RTTI functions}\label{rttimacros} |
b0fc8832 | 3841 | |
fc2171bd | 3842 | wxWidgets uses its own RTTI ("run-time type identification") system which |
b0fc8832 | 3843 | predates the current standard C++ RTTI and so is kept for backwards |
2edb0bde | 3844 | compatibility reasons but also because it allows some things which the |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3845 | standard RTTI doesn't directly support (such as creating a class from its |
3846 | name). | |
3847 | ||
3848 | The standard C++ RTTI can be used in the user code without any problems and in | |
3849 | general you shouldn't need to use the functions and the macros in this section | |
fc2171bd | 3850 | unless you are thinking of modifying or adding any wxWidgets classes. |
b0fc8832 VZ |
3851 | |
3852 | \wxheading{See also} | |
3853 | ||
3854 | \helpref{RTTI overview}{runtimeclassoverview} | |
0180dad6 | 3855 | |
84ed77ef | 3856 | |
a660d684 KB |
3857 | \membersection{CLASSINFO}\label{classinfo} |
3858 | ||
3859 | \func{wxClassInfo *}{CLASSINFO}{className} | |
3860 | ||
3861 | Returns a pointer to the wxClassInfo object associated with this class. | |
3862 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3863 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3864 | ||
3865 | <wx/object.h> | |
3866 | ||
84ed77ef | 3867 | |
b0fc8832 | 3868 | \membersection{DECLARE\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS}\label{declareabstractclass} |
a660d684 KB |
3869 | |
3870 | \func{}{DECLARE\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS}{className} | |
3871 | ||
3872 | Used inside a class declaration to declare that the class should be | |
3873 | made known to the class hierarchy, but objects of this class cannot be created | |
3874 | dynamically. The same as DECLARE\_CLASS. | |
3875 | ||
3876 | Example: | |
3877 | ||
3878 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3879 | class wxCommand: public wxObject | |
3880 | { | |
3881 | DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxCommand) | |
3882 | ||
3883 | private: | |
3884 | ... | |
3885 | public: | |
3886 | ... | |
3887 | }; | |
3888 | \end{verbatim} | |
3889 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3890 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3891 | ||
3892 | <wx/object.h> | |
3893 | ||
84ed77ef | 3894 | |
a660d684 KB |
3895 | \membersection{DECLARE\_APP}\label{declareapp} |
3896 | ||
3897 | \func{}{DECLARE\_APP}{className} | |
3898 | ||
8ea92b4d WS |
3899 | This is used in headers to create a forward declaration of the |
3900 | \helpref{wxGetApp}{wxgetapp} function implemented by | |
3901 | \helpref{IMPLEMENT\_APP}{implementapp}. It creates the declaration | |
749caeeb | 3902 | {\tt className\& wxGetApp(void)}. |
a660d684 KB |
3903 | |
3904 | Example: | |
3905 | ||
3906 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3907 | DECLARE_APP(MyApp) | |
3908 | \end{verbatim} | |
3909 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3910 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3911 | ||
3912 | <wx/app.h> | |
3913 | ||
84ed77ef | 3914 | |
b0fc8832 | 3915 | \membersection{DECLARE\_CLASS}\label{declareclass} |
a660d684 KB |
3916 | |
3917 | \func{}{DECLARE\_CLASS}{className} | |
3918 | ||
3919 | Used inside a class declaration to declare that the class should be | |
3920 | made known to the class hierarchy, but objects of this class cannot be created | |
3921 | dynamically. The same as DECLARE\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS. | |
3922 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3923 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3924 | ||
3925 | <wx/object.h> | |
3926 | ||
84ed77ef | 3927 | |
b0fc8832 | 3928 | \membersection{DECLARE\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS}\label{declaredynamicclass} |
a660d684 KB |
3929 | |
3930 | \func{}{DECLARE\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS}{className} | |
3931 | ||
f3886d37 VZ |
3932 | Used inside a class declaration to make the class known to wxWidgets RTTI |
3933 | system and also declare that the objects of this class should be dynamically | |
3934 | creatable from run-time type information. Notice that this implies that the | |
ce045aed | 3935 | class should have a default constructor, if this is not the case consider using |
f3886d37 | 3936 | \helpref{DECLARE\_CLASS}{declareclass}. |
a660d684 KB |
3937 | |
3938 | Example: | |
3939 | ||
3940 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3941 | class wxFrame: public wxWindow | |
3942 | { | |
3943 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame) | |
3944 | ||
3945 | private: | |
2b5f62a0 | 3946 | const wxString& frameTitle; |
a660d684 KB |
3947 | public: |
3948 | ... | |
3949 | }; | |
3950 | \end{verbatim} | |
3951 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3952 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3953 | ||
3954 | <wx/object.h> | |
3955 | ||
84ed77ef | 3956 | |
b0fc8832 | 3957 | \membersection{IMPLEMENT\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS}\label{implementabstractclass} |
a660d684 KB |
3958 | |
3959 | \func{}{IMPLEMENT\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS}{className, baseClassName} | |
3960 | ||
3961 | Used in a C++ implementation file to complete the declaration of | |
3962 | a class that has run-time type information. The same as IMPLEMENT\_CLASS. | |
3963 | ||
3964 | Example: | |
3965 | ||
3966 | \begin{verbatim} | |
3967 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxCommand, wxObject) | |
3968 | ||
3969 | wxCommand::wxCommand(void) | |
3970 | { | |
3971 | ... | |
3972 | } | |
3973 | \end{verbatim} | |
3974 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3975 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3976 | ||
3977 | <wx/object.h> | |
3978 | ||
84ed77ef | 3979 | |
b0fc8832 | 3980 | \membersection{IMPLEMENT\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS2}\label{implementabstractclass2} |
a660d684 KB |
3981 | |
3982 | \func{}{IMPLEMENT\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS2}{className, baseClassName1, baseClassName2} | |
3983 | ||
3984 | Used in a C++ implementation file to complete the declaration of | |
3985 | a class that has run-time type information and two base classes. The same as IMPLEMENT\_CLASS2. | |
3986 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
3987 | \wxheading{Include files} |
3988 | ||
3989 | <wx/object.h> | |
3990 | ||
84ed77ef | 3991 | |
a660d684 KB |
3992 | \membersection{IMPLEMENT\_APP}\label{implementapp} |
3993 | ||
3994 | \func{}{IMPLEMENT\_APP}{className} | |
3995 | ||
3996 | This is used in the application class implementation file to make the application class known to | |
fc2171bd | 3997 | wxWidgets for dynamic construction. You use this instead of |
a660d684 KB |
3998 | |
3999 | Old form: | |
4000 | ||
4001 | \begin{verbatim} | |
4002 | MyApp myApp; | |
4003 | \end{verbatim} | |
4004 | ||
4005 | New form: | |
4006 | ||
4007 | \begin{verbatim} | |
4008 | IMPLEMENT_APP(MyApp) | |
4009 | \end{verbatim} | |
4010 | ||
4011 | See also \helpref{DECLARE\_APP}{declareapp}. | |
4012 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
4013 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4014 | ||
4015 | <wx/app.h> | |
4016 | ||
84ed77ef | 4017 | |
b0fc8832 | 4018 | \membersection{IMPLEMENT\_CLASS}\label{implementclass} |
a660d684 KB |
4019 | |
4020 | \func{}{IMPLEMENT\_CLASS}{className, baseClassName} | |
4021 | ||
4022 | Used in a C++ implementation file to complete the declaration of | |
4023 | a class that has run-time type information. The same as IMPLEMENT\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS. | |
4024 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
4025 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4026 | ||
4027 | <wx/object.h> | |
4028 | ||
84ed77ef | 4029 | |
b0fc8832 | 4030 | \membersection{IMPLEMENT\_CLASS2}\label{implementclass2} |
a660d684 KB |
4031 | |
4032 | \func{}{IMPLEMENT\_CLASS2}{className, baseClassName1, baseClassName2} | |
4033 | ||
4034 | Used in a C++ implementation file to complete the declaration of a | |
4035 | class that has run-time type information and two base classes. The | |
4036 | same as IMPLEMENT\_ABSTRACT\_CLASS2. | |
4037 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
4038 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4039 | ||
4040 | <wx/object.h> | |
4041 | ||
84ed77ef | 4042 | |
b0fc8832 | 4043 | \membersection{IMPLEMENT\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS}\label{implementdynamicclass} |
a660d684 KB |
4044 | |
4045 | \func{}{IMPLEMENT\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS}{className, baseClassName} | |
4046 | ||
4047 | Used in a C++ implementation file to complete the declaration of | |
4048 | a class that has run-time type information, and whose instances | |
4049 | can be created dynamically. | |
4050 | ||
4051 | Example: | |
4052 | ||
4053 | \begin{verbatim} | |
4054 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame, wxWindow) | |
4055 | ||
4056 | wxFrame::wxFrame(void) | |
4057 | { | |
4058 | ... | |
4059 | } | |
4060 | \end{verbatim} | |
4061 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
4062 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4063 | ||
4064 | <wx/object.h> | |
4065 | ||
84ed77ef | 4066 | |
b0fc8832 | 4067 | \membersection{IMPLEMENT\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS2}\label{implementdynamicclass2} |
a660d684 KB |
4068 | |
4069 | \func{}{IMPLEMENT\_DYNAMIC\_CLASS2}{className, baseClassName1, baseClassName2} | |
4070 | ||
4071 | Used in a C++ implementation file to complete the declaration of | |
4072 | a class that has run-time type information, and whose instances | |
4073 | can be created dynamically. Use this for classes derived from two | |
4074 | base classes. | |
4075 | ||
954b8ae6 JS |
4076 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4077 | ||
4078 | <wx/object.h> | |
4079 | ||
84ed77ef | 4080 | |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4081 | \membersection{wxConstCast}\label{wxconstcast} |
4082 | ||
f7637829 | 4083 | \func{classname *}{wxConstCast}{ptr, classname} |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4084 | |
4085 | This macro expands into {\tt const\_cast<classname *>(ptr)} if the compiler | |
4086 | supports {\it const\_cast} or into an old, C-style cast, otherwise. | |
4087 | ||
4088 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4089 | ||
f29fe169 | 4090 | \helpref{wx\_const\_cast}{wxconstcastraw}\\ |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4091 | \helpref{wxDynamicCast}{wxdynamiccast}\\ |
4092 | \helpref{wxStaticCast}{wxstaticcast} | |
4093 | ||
84ed77ef | 4094 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4095 | \membersection{::wxCreateDynamicObject}\label{wxcreatedynamicobject} |
4096 | ||
4097 | \func{wxObject *}{wxCreateDynamicObject}{\param{const wxString\& }{className}} | |
4098 | ||
4099 | Creates and returns an object of the given class, if the class has been | |
4100 | registered with the dynamic class system using DECLARE... and IMPLEMENT... macros. | |
4101 | ||
84ed77ef | 4102 | |
34636400 VZ |
4103 | \membersection{WXDEBUG\_NEW}\label{debugnew} |
4104 | ||
4105 | \func{}{WXDEBUG\_NEW}{arg} | |
4106 | ||
4107 | This is defined in debug mode to be call the redefined new operator | |
4108 | with filename and line number arguments. The definition is: | |
4109 | ||
4110 | \begin{verbatim} | |
4111 | #define WXDEBUG_NEW new(__FILE__,__LINE__) | |
4112 | \end{verbatim} | |
4113 | ||
4114 | In non-debug mode, this is defined as the normal new operator. | |
4115 | ||
4116 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4117 | ||
4118 | <wx/object.h> | |
4119 | ||
84ed77ef | 4120 | |
34636400 VZ |
4121 | \membersection{wxDynamicCast}\label{wxdynamiccast} |
4122 | ||
f7637829 | 4123 | \func{classname *}{wxDynamicCast}{ptr, classname} |
34636400 VZ |
4124 | |
4125 | This macro returns the pointer {\it ptr} cast to the type {\it classname *} if | |
8a7f3379 | 4126 | the pointer is of this type (the check is done during the run-time) or |
f7637829 VZ |
4127 | {\tt NULL} otherwise. Usage of this macro is preferred over obsoleted |
4128 | wxObject::IsKindOf() function. | |
34636400 | 4129 | |
f7637829 VZ |
4130 | The {\it ptr} argument may be {\tt NULL}, in which case {\tt NULL} will be |
4131 | returned. | |
34636400 VZ |
4132 | |
4133 | Example: | |
4134 | ||
4135 | \begin{verbatim} | |
4136 | wxWindow *win = wxWindow::FindFocus(); | |
4137 | wxTextCtrl *text = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTextCtrl); | |
4138 | if ( text ) | |
4139 | { | |
4140 | // a text control has the focus... | |
4141 | } | |
4142 | else | |
4143 | { | |
f6bcfd97 | 4144 | // no window has the focus or it is not a text control |
34636400 VZ |
4145 | } |
4146 | \end{verbatim} | |
4147 | ||
4148 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4149 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 4150 | \helpref{RTTI overview}{runtimeclassoverview}\\ |
f7637829 | 4151 | \helpref{wxDynamicCastThis}{wxdynamiccastthis}\\ |
f6bcfd97 | 4152 | \helpref{wxConstCast}{wxconstcast}\\ |
330be534 | 4153 | \helpref{wxStaticCast}{wxstaticcast} |
34636400 | 4154 | |
84ed77ef | 4155 | |
f7637829 VZ |
4156 | \membersection{wxDynamicCastThis}\label{wxdynamiccastthis} |
4157 | ||
4158 | \func{classname *}{wxDynamicCastThis}{classname} | |
4159 | ||
4160 | This macro is equivalent to {\tt wxDynamicCast(this, classname)} but the | |
4161 | latter provokes spurious compilation warnings from some compilers (because it | |
154b6b0f | 4162 | tests whether {\tt this} pointer is non-{\tt NULL} which is always true), so |
f7637829 VZ |
4163 | this macro should be used to avoid them. |
4164 | ||
4165 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4166 | ||
4167 | \helpref{wxDynamicCast}{wxdynamiccast} | |
4168 | ||
84ed77ef | 4169 | |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4170 | \membersection{wxStaticCast}\label{wxstaticcast} |
4171 | ||
f7637829 | 4172 | \func{classname *}{wxStaticCast}{ptr, classname} |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4173 | |
4174 | This macro checks that the cast is valid in debug mode (an assert failure will | |
4175 | result if {\tt wxDynamicCast(ptr, classname) == NULL}) and then returns the | |
4176 | result of executing an equivalent of {\tt static\_cast<classname *>(ptr)}. | |
4177 | ||
f29fe169 VZ |
4178 | \wxheading{See also} |
4179 | ||
4180 | \helpref{wx\_static\_cast}{wxstaticcastraw}\\ | |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4181 | \helpref{wxDynamicCast}{wxdynamiccast}\\ |
4182 | \helpref{wxConstCast}{wxconstcast} | |
4183 | ||
84ed77ef | 4184 | |
f29fe169 VZ |
4185 | \membersection{wx\_const\_cast}\label{wxconstcastraw} |
4186 | ||
4187 | \func{T}{wx\_const\_cast}{T, x} | |
4188 | ||
8ea92b4d | 4189 | Same as \texttt{const\_cast<T>(x)} if the compiler supports const cast or |
f29fe169 VZ |
4190 | \texttt{(T)x} for old compilers. Unlike \helpref{wxConstCast}{wxconstcast}, |
4191 | the cast it to the type \arg{T} and not to \texttt{T *} and also the order of | |
4192 | arguments is the same as for the standard cast. | |
4193 | ||
4194 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4195 | ||
8c8d66c5 VZ |
4196 | \helpref{wx\_reinterpret\_cast}{wxreinterpretcastraw},\\ |
4197 | \helpref{wx\_static\_cast}{wxstaticcastraw} | |
4198 | ||
4199 | ||
4200 | \membersection{wx\_reinterpret\_cast}\label{wxreinterpretcastraw} | |
4201 | ||
4202 | \func{T}{wx\_reinterpret\_cast}{T, x} | |
4203 | ||
8ea92b4d | 4204 | Same as \texttt{reinterpret\_cast<T>(x)} if the compiler supports reinterpret cast or |
8c8d66c5 VZ |
4205 | \texttt{(T)x} for old compilers. |
4206 | ||
4207 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4208 | ||
4209 | \helpref{wx\_const\_cast}{wxconstcastraw},\\ | |
4210 | \helpref{wx\_static\_cast}{wxstaticcastraw} | |
f29fe169 VZ |
4211 | |
4212 | ||
4213 | \membersection{wx\_static\_cast}\label{wxstaticcastraw} | |
4214 | ||
4215 | \func{T}{wx\_static\_cast}{T, x} | |
4216 | ||
8ea92b4d | 4217 | Same as \texttt{static\_cast<T>(x)} if the compiler supports static cast or |
f29fe169 VZ |
4218 | \texttt{(T)x} for old compilers. Unlike \helpref{wxStaticCast}{wxstaticcast}, |
4219 | there are no checks being done and the meaning of the macro arguments is exactly | |
4220 | the same as for the standard static cast, i.e. \arg{T} is the full type name and | |
4221 | star is not appended to it. | |
4222 | ||
4223 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4224 | ||
8c8d66c5 | 4225 | \helpref{wx\_const\_cast}{wxconstcastraw},\\ |
e6b2a3b3 VZ |
4226 | \helpref{wx\_reinterpret\_cast}{wxreinterpretcastraw},\\ |
4227 | \helpref{wx\_truncate\_cast}{wxtruncatecast} | |
4228 | ||
4229 | ||
4230 | \membersection{wx\_truncate\_cast}\label{wxtruncatecast} | |
4231 | ||
4232 | \func{T}{wx\_truncate\_cast}{T, x} | |
f29fe169 | 4233 | |
e6b2a3b3 VZ |
4234 | This case doesn't correspond to any standard cast but exists solely to make |
4235 | casts which possibly result in a truncation of an integer value more readable. | |
4236 | ||
4237 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4238 | ||
4239 | \helpref{wx\_static\_cast}{wxstaticcastraw} | |
f29fe169 | 4240 | |
84ed77ef | 4241 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4242 | \section{Log functions}\label{logfunctions} |
4243 | ||
4244 | These functions provide a variety of logging functions: see \helpref{Log classes overview}{wxlogoverview} for | |
f68586e5 VZ |
4245 | further information. The functions use (implicitly) the currently active log |
4246 | target, so their descriptions here may not apply if the log target is not the | |
fc2171bd | 4247 | standard one (installed by wxWidgets in the beginning of the program). |
6fb26ea3 | 4248 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
4249 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4250 | ||
4251 | <wx/log.h> | |
4252 | ||
84ed77ef | 4253 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4254 | \membersection{::wxDebugMsg}\label{wxdebugmsg} |
4255 | ||
4256 | \func{void}{wxDebugMsg}{\param{const wxString\& }{fmt}, \param{...}{}} | |
4257 | ||
2bd25c5a VZ |
4258 | {\bf NB:} This function is now obsolete, replaced by \helpref{Log |
4259 | functions}{logfunctions} and \helpref{wxLogDebug}{wxlogdebug} in particular. | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4260 | |
4261 | Display a debugging message; under Windows, this will appear on the | |
4262 | debugger command window, and under Unix, it will be written to standard | |
4263 | error. | |
4264 | ||
4265 | The syntax is identical to {\bf printf}: pass a format string and a | |
4266 | variable list of arguments. | |
4267 | ||
4268 | {\bf Tip:} under Windows, if your application crashes before the | |
4269 | message appears in the debugging window, put a wxYield call after | |
4270 | each wxDebugMsg call. wxDebugMsg seems to be broken under WIN32s | |
4271 | (at least for Watcom C++): preformat your messages and use OutputDebugString | |
4272 | instead. | |
4273 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4274 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4275 | ||
4276 | <wx/utils.h> | |
4277 | ||
84ed77ef | 4278 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4279 | \membersection{::wxError}\label{wxerror} |
4280 | ||
fc2171bd | 4281 | \func{void}{wxError}{\param{const wxString\& }{msg}, \param{const wxString\& }{title = "wxWidgets Internal Error"}} |
b0fc8832 | 4282 | |
b829bf55 | 4283 | {\bf NB:} This function is now obsolete, please use \helpref{wxLogError}{wxlogerror} |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4284 | instead. |
4285 | ||
4286 | Displays {\it msg} and continues. This writes to standard error under | |
4287 | Unix, and pops up a message box under Windows. Used for internal | |
fc2171bd | 4288 | wxWidgets errors. See also \helpref{wxFatalError}{wxfatalerror}. |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4289 | |
4290 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4291 | ||
4292 | <wx/utils.h> | |
4293 | ||
84ed77ef | 4294 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4295 | \membersection{::wxFatalError}\label{wxfatalerror} |
4296 | ||
fc2171bd | 4297 | \func{void}{wxFatalError}{\param{const wxString\& }{msg}, \param{const wxString\& }{title = "wxWidgets Fatal Error"}} |
b0fc8832 | 4298 | |
b829bf55 | 4299 | {\bf NB:} This function is now obsolete, please use |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4300 | \helpref{wxLogFatalError}{wxlogfatalerror} instead. |
4301 | ||
4302 | Displays {\it msg} and exits. This writes to standard error under Unix, | |
4303 | and pops up a message box under Windows. Used for fatal internal | |
fc2171bd | 4304 | wxWidgets errors. See also \helpref{wxError}{wxerror}. |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4305 | |
4306 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4307 | ||
4308 | <wx/utils.h> | |
4309 | ||
84ed77ef | 4310 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4311 | \membersection{::wxLogError}\label{wxlogerror} |
4312 | ||
7ac13b21 | 4313 | \func{void}{wxLogError}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
6fb26ea3 | 4314 | |
1d63fd6b GD |
4315 | \func{void}{wxVLogError}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
4316 | ||
ea44a631 | 4317 | The functions to use for error messages, i.e. the messages that must be shown |
f68586e5 VZ |
4318 | to the user. The default processing is to pop up a message box to inform the |
4319 | user about it. | |
6fb26ea3 | 4320 | |
84ed77ef | 4321 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4322 | \membersection{::wxLogFatalError}\label{wxlogfatalerror} |
4323 | ||
7ac13b21 | 4324 | \func{void}{wxLogFatalError}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
6fb26ea3 | 4325 | |
1d63fd6b GD |
4326 | \func{void}{wxVLogFatalError}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
4327 | ||
6fb26ea3 JS |
4328 | Like \helpref{wxLogError}{wxlogerror}, but also |
4329 | terminates the program with the exit code 3. Using {\it abort()} standard | |
4330 | function also terminates the program with this exit code. | |
4331 | ||
84ed77ef | 4332 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4333 | \membersection{::wxLogWarning}\label{wxlogwarning} |
4334 | ||
7ac13b21 | 4335 | \func{void}{wxLogWarning}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
6fb26ea3 | 4336 | |
1d63fd6b GD |
4337 | \func{void}{wxVLogWarning}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
4338 | ||
f68586e5 VZ |
4339 | For warnings - they are also normally shown to the user, but don't interrupt |
4340 | the program work. | |
6fb26ea3 | 4341 | |
84ed77ef | 4342 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4343 | \membersection{::wxLogMessage}\label{wxlogmessage} |
4344 | ||
7ac13b21 | 4345 | \func{void}{wxLogMessage}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
6fb26ea3 | 4346 | |
1d63fd6b GD |
4347 | \func{void}{wxVLogMessage}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
4348 | ||
ea44a631 | 4349 | For all normal, informational messages. They also appear in a message box by |
8004cd7a | 4350 | default (but it can be changed). |
84ed77ef | 4351 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4352 | \membersection{::wxLogVerbose}\label{wxlogverbose} |
4353 | ||
7ac13b21 GT |
4354 | \func{void}{wxLogVerbose}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
4355 | ||
1d63fd6b | 4356 | \func{void}{wxVLogVerbose}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
6fb26ea3 | 4357 | |
f6bcfd97 | 4358 | For verbose output. Normally, it is suppressed, but |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4359 | might be activated if the user wishes to know more details about the program |
4360 | progress (another, but possibly confusing name for the same function is {\bf wxLogInfo}). | |
4361 | ||
84ed77ef | 4362 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4363 | \membersection{::wxLogStatus}\label{wxlogstatus} |
4364 | ||
7ac13b21 | 4365 | \func{void}{wxLogStatus}{\param{wxFrame *}{frame}, \param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
f68586e5 | 4366 | |
1d63fd6b | 4367 | \func{void}{wxVLogStatus}{\param{wxFrame *}{frame}, \param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
7ac13b21 GT |
4368 | |
4369 | \func{void}{wxLogStatus}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} | |
6fb26ea3 | 4370 | |
1d63fd6b GD |
4371 | \func{void}{wxVLogStatus}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
4372 | ||
ea44a631 | 4373 | Messages logged by these functions will appear in the statusbar of the {\it |
f68586e5 | 4374 | frame} or of the top level application window by default (i.e. when using |
ea44a631 | 4375 | the second version of the functions). |
f68586e5 VZ |
4376 | |
4377 | If the target frame doesn't have a statusbar, the message will be lost. | |
6fb26ea3 | 4378 | |
84ed77ef | 4379 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4380 | \membersection{::wxLogSysError}\label{wxlogsyserror} |
4381 | ||
7ac13b21 GT |
4382 | \func{void}{wxLogSysError}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
4383 | ||
1d63fd6b | 4384 | \func{void}{wxVLogSysError}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
6fb26ea3 | 4385 | |
fc2171bd | 4386 | Mostly used by wxWidgets itself, but might be handy for logging errors after |
f68586e5 VZ |
4387 | system call (API function) failure. It logs the specified message text as well |
4388 | as the last system error code ({\it errno} or {\it ::GetLastError()} depending | |
4389 | on the platform) and the corresponding error message. The second form | |
f6bcfd97 | 4390 | of this function takes the error code explicitly as the first argument. |
6fb26ea3 | 4391 | |
6d516e09 VZ |
4392 | \wxheading{See also} |
4393 | ||
4394 | \helpref{wxSysErrorCode}{wxsyserrorcode}, | |
4395 | \helpref{wxSysErrorMsg}{wxsyserrormsg} | |
4396 | ||
84ed77ef | 4397 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4398 | \membersection{::wxLogDebug}\label{wxlogdebug} |
4399 | ||
7ac13b21 GT |
4400 | \func{void}{wxLogDebug}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
4401 | ||
1d63fd6b | 4402 | \func{void}{wxVLogDebug}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
6fb26ea3 | 4403 | |
ea44a631 GD |
4404 | The right functions for debug output. They only do something in debug |
4405 | mode (when the preprocessor symbol \_\_WXDEBUG\_\_ is defined) and expand to | |
f68586e5 | 4406 | nothing in release mode (otherwise). |
6fb26ea3 | 4407 | |
84ed77ef | 4408 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4409 | \membersection{::wxLogTrace}\label{wxlogtrace} |
4410 | ||
7ac13b21 | 4411 | \func{void}{wxLogTrace}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
1d63fd6b GD |
4412 | |
4413 | \func{void}{wxVLogTrace}{\param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} | |
6fb26ea3 | 4414 | |
f68586e5 | 4415 | \func{void}{wxLogTrace}{\param{const char *}{mask}, \param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} |
7ac13b21 | 4416 | |
1d63fd6b | 4417 | \func{void}{wxVLogTrace}{\param{const char *}{mask}, \param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
f68586e5 VZ |
4418 | |
4419 | \func{void}{wxLogTrace}{\param{wxTraceMask}{ mask}, \param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{...}{}} | |
7ac13b21 | 4420 | |
1d63fd6b | 4421 | \func{void}{wxVLogTrace}{\param{wxTraceMask}{ mask}, \param{const char *}{formatString}, \param{va\_list }{argPtr}} |
f68586e5 VZ |
4422 | |
4423 | As {\bf wxLogDebug}, trace functions only do something in debug build and | |
4424 | expand to nothing in the release one. The reason for making | |
4425 | it a separate function from it is that usually there are a lot of trace | |
4426 | messages, so it might make sense to separate them from other debug messages. | |
4427 | ||
4428 | The trace messages also usually can be separated into different categories and | |
ec5d7799 | 4429 | the second and third versions of this function only log the message if the |
f68586e5 VZ |
4430 | {\it mask} which it has is currently enabled in \helpref{wxLog}{wxlog}. This |
4431 | allows to selectively trace only some operations and not others by changing | |
4432 | the value of the trace mask (possible during the run-time). | |
4433 | ||
4434 | For the second function (taking a string mask), the message is logged only if | |
ec5d7799 | 4435 | the mask has been previously enabled by the call to |
6f97a409 VS |
4436 | \helpref{AddTraceMask}{wxlogaddtracemask} or by setting |
4437 | \helpref{{\tt WXTRACE} environment variable}{envvars}. | |
4438 | The predefined string trace masks | |
fc2171bd | 4439 | used by wxWidgets are: |
f68586e5 VZ |
4440 | |
4441 | \begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt | |
4442 | \item wxTRACE\_MemAlloc: trace memory allocation (new/delete) | |
4443 | \item wxTRACE\_Messages: trace window messages/X callbacks | |
4444 | \item wxTRACE\_ResAlloc: trace GDI resource allocation | |
4445 | \item wxTRACE\_RefCount: trace various ref counting operations | |
4446 | \item wxTRACE\_OleCalls: trace OLE method calls (Win32 only) | |
4447 | \end{itemize} | |
6fb26ea3 | 4448 | |
f70c0443 WS |
4449 | {\bf Caveats:} since both the mask and the format string are strings, |
4450 | this might lead to function signature confusion in some cases: | |
4451 | if you intend to call the format string only version of wxLogTrace, | |
4452 | then add a \%s format string parameter and then supply a second string parameter for that \%s, the string mask version of wxLogTrace will erroneously get called instead, since you are supplying two string parameters to the function. | |
4453 | In this case you'll unfortunately have to avoid having two leading | |
3980000c | 4454 | string parameters, e.g. by adding a bogus integer (with its \%d format string). |
f70c0443 WS |
4455 | |
4456 | The third version of the function only logs the message if all the bits | |
f68586e5 VZ |
4457 | corresponding to the {\it mask} are set in the wxLog trace mask which can be |
4458 | set by \helpref{SetTraceMask}{wxlogsettracemask}. This version is less | |
4459 | flexible than the previous one because it doesn't allow defining the user | |
4460 | trace masks easily - this is why it is deprecated in favour of using string | |
4461 | trace masks. | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4462 | |
4463 | \begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt | |
4464 | \item wxTraceMemAlloc: trace memory allocation (new/delete) | |
4465 | \item wxTraceMessages: trace window messages/X callbacks | |
4466 | \item wxTraceResAlloc: trace GDI resource allocation | |
4467 | \item wxTraceRefCount: trace various ref counting operations | |
f68586e5 | 4468 | \item wxTraceOleCalls: trace OLE method calls (Win32 only) |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4469 | \end{itemize} |
4470 | ||
84ed77ef | 4471 | |
c11d62a6 VZ |
4472 | \membersection{::wxSafeShowMessage}\label{wxsafeshowmessage} |
4473 | ||
4474 | \func{void}{wxSafeShowMessage}{\param{const wxString\& }{title}, \param{const wxString\& }{text}} | |
4475 | ||
4476 | This function shows a message to the user in a safe way and should be safe to | |
4477 | call even before the application has been initialized or if it is currently in | |
4478 | some other strange state (for example, about to crash). Under Windows this | |
b829bf55 | 4479 | function shows a message box using a native dialog instead of |
c11d62a6 VZ |
4480 | \helpref{wxMessageBox}{wxmessagebox} (which might be unsafe to call), elsewhere |
4481 | it simply prints the message to the standard output using the title as prefix. | |
4482 | ||
4483 | \wxheading{Parameters} | |
4484 | ||
4485 | \docparam{title}{The title of the message box shown to the user or the prefix | |
4486 | of the message string} | |
4487 | ||
4488 | \docparam{text}{The text to show to the user} | |
4489 | ||
4490 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4491 | ||
4492 | \helpref{wxLogFatalError}{wxlogfatalerror} | |
4493 | ||
4494 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4495 | ||
4496 | <wx/log.h> | |
4497 | ||
84ed77ef | 4498 | |
6d516e09 VZ |
4499 | \membersection{::wxSysErrorCode}\label{wxsyserrorcode} |
4500 | ||
4501 | \func{unsigned long}{wxSysErrorCode}{\void} | |
4502 | ||
4503 | Returns the error code from the last system call. This function uses | |
4504 | {\tt errno} on Unix platforms and {\tt GetLastError} under Win32. | |
4505 | ||
4506 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4507 | ||
4508 | \helpref{wxSysErrorMsg}{wxsyserrormsg}, | |
4509 | \helpref{wxLogSysError}{wxlogsyserror} | |
4510 | ||
84ed77ef | 4511 | |
6d516e09 VZ |
4512 | \membersection{::wxSysErrorMsg}\label{wxsyserrormsg} |
4513 | ||
4514 | \func{const wxChar *}{wxSysErrorMsg}{\param{unsigned long }{errCode = 0}} | |
4515 | ||
ec5d7799 RD |
4516 | Returns the error message corresponding to the given system error code. If |
4517 | {\it errCode} is $0$ (default), the last error code (as returned by | |
6d516e09 VZ |
4518 | \helpref{wxSysErrorCode}{wxsyserrorcode}) is used. |
4519 | ||
4520 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4521 | ||
4522 | \helpref{wxSysErrorCode}{wxsyserrorcode}, | |
4523 | \helpref{wxLogSysError}{wxlogsyserror} | |
4524 | ||
84ed77ef | 4525 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4526 | \membersection{WXTRACE}\label{trace} |
4527 | ||
4528 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4529 | ||
4530 | <wx/object.h> | |
4531 | ||
4532 | \func{}{WXTRACE}{formatString, ...} | |
4533 | ||
2bd25c5a VZ |
4534 | {\bf NB:} This macro is now obsolete, replaced by \helpref{Log functions}{logfunctions}. |
4535 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4536 | Calls wxTrace with printf-style variable argument syntax. Output |
4537 | is directed to the current output stream (see \helpref{wxDebugContext}{wxdebugcontextoverview}). | |
4538 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4539 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4540 | ||
4541 | <wx/memory.h> | |
4542 | ||
84ed77ef | 4543 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4544 | \membersection{WXTRACELEVEL}\label{tracelevel} |
4545 | ||
4546 | \func{}{WXTRACELEVEL}{level, formatString, ...} | |
4547 | ||
2bd25c5a VZ |
4548 | {\bf NB:} This function is now obsolete, replaced by \helpref{Log functions}{logfunctions}. |
4549 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4550 | Calls wxTraceLevel with printf-style variable argument syntax. Output |
4551 | is directed to the current output stream (see \helpref{wxDebugContext}{wxdebugcontextoverview}). | |
4552 | The first argument should be the level at which this information is appropriate. | |
4553 | It will only be output if the level returned by wxDebugContext::GetLevel is equal to or greater than | |
4554 | this value. | |
4555 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4556 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4557 | ||
4558 | <wx/memory.h> | |
4559 | ||
84ed77ef | 4560 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4561 | \membersection{::wxTrace}\label{wxtrace} |
4562 | ||
4563 | \func{void}{wxTrace}{\param{const wxString\& }{fmt}, \param{...}{}} | |
4564 | ||
2bd25c5a VZ |
4565 | {\bf NB:} This function is now obsolete, replaced by \helpref{Log functions}{logfunctions}. |
4566 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4567 | Takes printf-style variable argument syntax. Output |
4568 | is directed to the current output stream (see \helpref{wxDebugContext}{wxdebugcontextoverview}). | |
4569 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4570 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4571 | ||
4572 | <wx/memory.h> | |
4573 | ||
84ed77ef | 4574 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4575 | \membersection{::wxTraceLevel}\label{wxtracelevel} |
4576 | ||
4577 | \func{void}{wxTraceLevel}{\param{int}{ level}, \param{const wxString\& }{fmt}, \param{...}{}} | |
4578 | ||
2bd25c5a VZ |
4579 | {\bf NB:} This function is now obsolete, replaced by \helpref{Log functions}{logfunctions}. |
4580 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4581 | Takes printf-style variable argument syntax. Output |
4582 | is directed to the current output stream (see \helpref{wxDebugContext}{wxdebugcontextoverview}). | |
4583 | The first argument should be the level at which this information is appropriate. | |
4584 | It will only be output if the level returned by wxDebugContext::GetLevel is equal to or greater than | |
4585 | this value. | |
4586 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4587 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4588 | ||
4589 | <wx/memory.h> | |
4590 | ||
84ed77ef VZ |
4591 | |
4592 | ||
f6bcfd97 BP |
4593 | \section{Time functions}\label{timefunctions} |
4594 | ||
26822b76 VZ |
4595 | The functions in this section deal with getting the current time and sleeping |
4596 | for the specified time interval. | |
f6bcfd97 | 4597 | |
84ed77ef | 4598 | |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4599 | \membersection{::wxGetLocalTime}\label{wxgetlocaltime} |
4600 | ||
4601 | \func{long}{wxGetLocalTime}{\void} | |
4602 | ||
4603 | Returns the number of seconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970. | |
4604 | ||
4605 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4606 | ||
4607 | \helpref{wxDateTime::Now}{wxdatetimenow} | |
4608 | ||
4609 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4610 | ||
26822b76 | 4611 | <wx/stopwatch.h> |
f6bcfd97 | 4612 | |
84ed77ef | 4613 | |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4614 | \membersection{::wxGetLocalTimeMillis}\label{wxgetlocaltimemillis} |
4615 | ||
a9d171bd | 4616 | \func{wxLongLong}{wxGetLocalTimeMillis}{\void} |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4617 | |
4618 | Returns the number of milliseconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970. | |
4619 | ||
4620 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4621 | ||
4622 | \helpref{wxDateTime::Now}{wxdatetimenow},\\ | |
a9d171bd | 4623 | \helpref{wxLongLong}{wxlonglong} |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4624 | |
4625 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4626 | ||
26822b76 | 4627 | <wx/stopwatch.h> |
f6bcfd97 | 4628 | |
84ed77ef | 4629 | |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4630 | \membersection{::wxGetUTCTime}\label{wxgetutctime} |
4631 | ||
4632 | \func{long}{wxGetUTCTime}{\void} | |
4633 | ||
4634 | Returns the number of seconds since GMT 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970. | |
4635 | ||
4636 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4637 | ||
4638 | \helpref{wxDateTime::Now}{wxdatetimenow} | |
4639 | ||
4640 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4641 | ||
26822b76 | 4642 | <wx/stopwatch.h> |
f6bcfd97 | 4643 | |
84ed77ef | 4644 | |
08873d36 VZ |
4645 | \membersection{::wxMicroSleep}\label{wxmicrosleep} |
4646 | ||
4647 | \func{void}{wxMicroSleep}{\param{unsigned long}{ microseconds}} | |
4648 | ||
4649 | Sleeps for the specified number of microseconds. The microsecond resolution may | |
4650 | not, in fact, be available on all platforms (currently only Unix platforms with | |
8ea92b4d | 4651 | nanosleep(2) may provide it) in which case this is the same as |
08873d36 VZ |
4652 | \helpref{wxMilliSleep}{wxmillisleep}(\arg{microseconds}$/1000$). |
4653 | ||
4654 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4655 | ||
4656 | <wx/utils.h> | |
4657 | ||
4658 | ||
4659 | \membersection{::wxMilliSleep}\label{wxmillisleep} | |
4660 | ||
4661 | \func{void}{wxMilliSleep}{\param{unsigned long}{ milliseconds}} | |
4662 | ||
4663 | Sleeps for the specified number of milliseconds. Notice that usage of this | |
4664 | function is encouraged instead of calling usleep(3) directly because the | |
4665 | standard usleep() function is not MT safe. | |
4666 | ||
4667 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4668 | ||
4669 | <wx/utils.h> | |
4670 | ||
4671 | ||
b0fc8832 VZ |
4672 | \membersection{::wxNow}\label{wxnow} |
4673 | ||
4674 | \func{wxString}{wxNow}{\void} | |
4675 | ||
4676 | Returns a string representing the current date and time. | |
4677 | ||
4678 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4679 | ||
4680 | <wx/utils.h> | |
4681 | ||
84ed77ef | 4682 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4683 | \membersection{::wxSleep}\label{wxsleep} |
4684 | ||
4685 | \func{void}{wxSleep}{\param{int}{ secs}} | |
4686 | ||
4687 | Sleeps for the specified number of seconds. | |
4688 | ||
4689 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4690 | ||
4691 | <wx/utils.h> | |
4692 | ||
84ed77ef | 4693 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4694 | \membersection{::wxUsleep}\label{wxusleep} |
4695 | ||
4696 | \func{void}{wxUsleep}{\param{unsigned long}{ milliseconds}} | |
4697 | ||
08873d36 | 4698 | This function is deprecated because its name is misleading: notice that the |
8ea92b4d WS |
4699 | argument is in milliseconds, not microseconds. Please use either |
4700 | \helpref{wxMilliSleep}{wxmillisleep} or \helpref{wxMicroSleep}{wxmicrosleep} | |
08873d36 | 4701 | depending on the resolution you need. |
b0fc8832 | 4702 | |
84ed77ef VZ |
4703 | |
4704 | ||
6fb26ea3 JS |
4705 | \section{Debugging macros and functions}\label{debugmacros} |
4706 | ||
8f5d9104 | 4707 | Useful macros and functions for error checking and defensive programming. |
fc2171bd | 4708 | wxWidgets defines three families of the assert-like macros: |
8f5d9104 VZ |
4709 | the wxASSERT and wxFAIL macros only do anything if \_\_WXDEBUG\_\_ is defined |
4710 | (in other words, in the debug build) but disappear completely in the release | |
4711 | build. On the other hand, the wxCHECK macros stay event in release builds but a | |
4712 | check failure doesn't generate any user-visible effects then. Finally, the | |
4713 | compile time assertions don't happen during the run-time but result in the | |
4714 | compilation error messages if the condition they check fail. | |
6fb26ea3 | 4715 | |
954b8ae6 JS |
4716 | \wxheading{Include files} |
4717 | ||
4718 | <wx/debug.h> | |
4719 | ||
84ed77ef | 4720 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4721 | \membersection{::wxOnAssert}\label{wxonassert} |
4722 | ||
09007669 | 4723 | \func{void}{wxOnAssert}{\param{const char *}{fileName}, \param{int}{ lineNumber}, \param{const char *}{func}, \param{const char *}{cond}, \param{const char *}{msg = NULL}} |
6fb26ea3 | 4724 | |
8f5d9104 VZ |
4725 | This function is called whenever one of debugging macros fails (i.e. condition |
4726 | is false in an assertion). It is only defined in the debug mode, in release | |
4727 | builds the \helpref{wxCHECK}{wxcheck} failures don't result in anything. | |
4728 | ||
4729 | To override the default behaviour in the debug builds which is to show the user | |
4730 | a dialog asking whether he wants to abort the program, continue or continue | |
b829bf55 | 4731 | ignoring any subsequent assert failures, you may override |
e0c8d2d9 | 4732 | \helpref{wxApp::OnAssertFailure}{wxapponassertfailure} which is called by this function if |
8f5d9104 | 4733 | the global application object exists. |
6fb26ea3 | 4734 | |
84ed77ef | 4735 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4736 | \membersection{wxASSERT}\label{wxassert} |
4737 | ||
4738 | \func{}{wxASSERT}{\param{}{condition}} | |
4739 | ||
cc81d32f | 4740 | Assert macro. An error message will be generated if the condition is false in |
b207457c VZ |
4741 | debug mode, but nothing will be done in the release build. |
4742 | ||
4743 | Please note that the condition in wxASSERT() should have no side effects | |
4744 | because it will not be executed in release mode at all. | |
4745 | ||
8f5d9104 VZ |
4746 | \wxheading{See also} |
4747 | ||
4748 | \helpref{wxASSERT\_MSG}{wxassertmsg},\\ | |
4749 | \helpref{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT}{wxcompiletimeassert} | |
4750 | ||
84ed77ef | 4751 | |
8f5d9104 VZ |
4752 | \membersection{wxASSERT\_MIN\_BITSIZE}\label{wxassertminbitsize} |
4753 | ||
4754 | \func{}{wxASSERT\_MIN\_BITSIZE}{\param{}{type}, \param{}{size}} | |
4755 | ||
b829bf55 | 4756 | This macro results in a |
9722642d | 4757 | \helpref{compile time assertion failure}{wxcompiletimeassert} if the size |
8f5d9104 VZ |
4758 | of the given type {\it type} is less than {\it size} bits. |
4759 | ||
4760 | You may use it like this, for example: | |
4761 | ||
4762 | \begin{verbatim} | |
4763 | // we rely on the int being able to hold values up to 2^32 | |
4764 | wxASSERT_MIN_BITSIZE(int, 32); | |
4765 | ||
4766 | // can't work with the platforms using UTF-8 for wchar_t | |
4767 | wxASSERT_MIN_BITSIZE(wchar_t, 16); | |
4768 | \end{verbatim} | |
6fb26ea3 | 4769 | |
84ed77ef | 4770 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4771 | \membersection{wxASSERT\_MSG}\label{wxassertmsg} |
4772 | ||
4773 | \func{}{wxASSERT\_MSG}{\param{}{condition}, \param{}{msg}} | |
4774 | ||
cc81d32f | 4775 | Assert macro with message. An error message will be generated if the condition is false. |
6fb26ea3 | 4776 | |
8f5d9104 VZ |
4777 | \wxheading{See also} |
4778 | ||
4779 | \helpref{wxASSERT}{wxassert},\\ | |
4780 | \helpref{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT}{wxcompiletimeassert} | |
4781 | ||
84ed77ef | 4782 | |
8f5d9104 VZ |
4783 | \membersection{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT}\label{wxcompiletimeassert} |
4784 | ||
4785 | \func{}{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT}{\param{}{condition}, \param{}{msg}} | |
4786 | ||
4787 | Using {\tt wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT} results in a compilation error if the | |
9722642d | 4788 | specified {\it condition} is false. The compiler error message should include |
8f5d9104 VZ |
4789 | the {\it msg} identifier - please note that it must be a valid C++ identifier |
4790 | and not a string unlike in the other cases. | |
4791 | ||
b829bf55 | 4792 | This macro is mostly useful for testing the expressions involving the |
8f5d9104 VZ |
4793 | {\tt sizeof} operator as they can't be tested by the preprocessor but it is |
4794 | sometimes desirable to test them at the compile time. | |
4795 | ||
5b8643ea VZ |
4796 | Note that this macro internally declares a struct whose name it tries to make |
4797 | unique by using the {\tt \_\_LINE\_\_} in it but it may still not work if you | |
4798 | use it on the same line in two different source files. In this case you may | |
b829bf55 | 4799 | either change the line in which either of them appears on or use the |
5b8643ea VZ |
4800 | \helpref{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT2}{wxcompiletimeassert2} macro. |
4801 | ||
150018ae | 4802 | Also note that Microsoft Visual C++ has a bug which results in compiler errors |
cf700088 JS |
4803 | if you use this macro with `Program Database For Edit And Continue' |
4804 | (\texttt{/ZI}) option, so you shouldn't use it (`Program Database' | |
150018ae VZ |
4805 | (\texttt{/Zi}) is ok though) for the code making use of this macro. |
4806 | ||
8f5d9104 VZ |
4807 | \wxheading{See also} |
4808 | ||
4809 | \helpref{wxASSERT\_MSG}{wxassertmsg},\\ | |
4810 | \helpref{wxASSERT\_MIN\_BITSIZE}{wxassertminbitsize} | |
b207457c | 4811 | |
84ed77ef | 4812 | |
5b8643ea VZ |
4813 | \membersection{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT2}\label{wxcompiletimeassert2} |
4814 | ||
4815 | \func{}{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT}{\param{}{condition}, \param{}{msg}, \param{}{name}} | |
4816 | ||
b829bf55 | 4817 | This macro is identical to \helpref{wxCOMPILE\_TIME\_ASSERT2}{wxcompiletimeassert2} |
5b8643ea VZ |
4818 | except that it allows you to specify a unique {\it name} for the struct |
4819 | internally defined by this macro to avoid getting the compilation errors | |
4820 | described \helpref{above}{wxcompiletimeassert}. | |
4821 | ||
84ed77ef | 4822 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4823 | \membersection{wxFAIL}\label{wxfail} |
4824 | ||
b207457c | 4825 | \func{}{wxFAIL}{\void} |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4826 | |
4827 | Will always generate an assert error if this code is reached (in debug mode). | |
4828 | ||
b207457c VZ |
4829 | See also: \helpref{wxFAIL\_MSG}{wxfailmsg} |
4830 | ||
84ed77ef | 4831 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4832 | \membersection{wxFAIL\_MSG}\label{wxfailmsg} |
4833 | ||
b207457c | 4834 | \func{}{wxFAIL\_MSG}{\param{}{msg}} |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4835 | |
4836 | Will always generate an assert error with specified message if this code is reached (in debug mode). | |
4837 | ||
b207457c VZ |
4838 | This macro is useful for marking unreachable" code areas, for example |
4839 | it may be used in the "default:" branch of a switch statement if all possible | |
4840 | cases are processed above. | |
4841 | ||
8f5d9104 VZ |
4842 | \wxheading{See also} |
4843 | ||
4844 | \helpref{wxFAIL}{wxfail} | |
b207457c | 4845 | |
84ed77ef | 4846 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4847 | \membersection{wxCHECK}\label{wxcheck} |
4848 | ||
4849 | \func{}{wxCHECK}{\param{}{condition}, \param{}{retValue}} | |
4850 | ||
4851 | Checks that the condition is true, returns with the given return value if not (FAILs in debug mode). | |
4852 | This check is done even in release mode. | |
4853 | ||
84ed77ef | 4854 | |
6fb26ea3 JS |
4855 | \membersection{wxCHECK\_MSG}\label{wxcheckmsg} |
4856 | ||
4857 | \func{}{wxCHECK\_MSG}{\param{}{condition}, \param{}{retValue}, \param{}{msg}} | |
4858 | ||
4859 | Checks that the condition is true, returns with the given return value if not (FAILs in debug mode). | |
4860 | This check is done even in release mode. | |
4861 | ||
154b6b0f | 4862 | This macro may be only used in non-void functions, see also |
b207457c VZ |
4863 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_RET}{wxcheckret}. |
4864 | ||
84ed77ef | 4865 | |
b207457c VZ |
4866 | \membersection{wxCHECK\_RET}\label{wxcheckret} |
4867 | ||
4868 | \func{}{wxCHECK\_RET}{\param{}{condition}, \param{}{msg}} | |
4869 | ||
4870 | Checks that the condition is true, and returns if not (FAILs with given error | |
4871 | message in debug mode). This check is done even in release mode. | |
4872 | ||
ec5d7799 | 4873 | This macro should be used in void functions instead of |
b207457c VZ |
4874 | \helpref{wxCHECK\_MSG}{wxcheckmsg}. |
4875 | ||
84ed77ef | 4876 | |
b207457c VZ |
4877 | \membersection{wxCHECK2}\label{wxcheck2} |
4878 | ||
4879 | \func{}{wxCHECK2}{\param{}{condition}, \param{}{operation}} | |
4880 | ||
ec5d7799 RD |
4881 | Checks that the condition is true and \helpref{wxFAIL}{wxfail} and execute |
4882 | {\it operation} if it is not. This is a generalisation of | |
b207457c VZ |
4883 | \helpref{wxCHECK}{wxcheck} and may be used when something else than just |
4884 | returning from the function must be done when the {\it condition} is false. | |
4885 | ||
4886 | This check is done even in release mode. | |
4887 | ||
84ed77ef | 4888 | |
b207457c VZ |
4889 | \membersection{wxCHECK2\_MSG}\label{wxcheck2msg} |
4890 | ||
4891 | \func{}{wxCHECK2}{\param{}{condition}, \param{}{operation}, \param{}{msg}} | |
4892 | ||
ec5d7799 | 4893 | This is the same as \helpref{wxCHECK2}{wxcheck2}, but |
b207457c VZ |
4894 | \helpref{wxFAIL\_MSG}{wxfailmsg} with the specified {\it msg} is called |
4895 | instead of wxFAIL() if the {\it condition} is false. | |
4896 | ||
84ed77ef | 4897 | |
b0fc8832 VZ |
4898 | \membersection{::wxTrap}\label{wxtrap} |
4899 | ||
4900 | \func{void}{wxTrap}{\void} | |
4901 | ||
4902 | In debug mode (when {\tt \_\_WXDEBUG\_\_} is defined) this function generates a | |
4903 | debugger exception meaning that the control is passed to the debugger if one is | |
4904 | attached to the process. Otherwise the program just terminates abnormally. | |
4905 | ||
4906 | In release mode this function does nothing. | |
4907 | ||
4908 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4909 | ||
4910 | <wx/debug.h> | |
4911 | ||
a434b43f | 4912 | |
84ed77ef | 4913 | |
a434b43f VZ |
4914 | \membersection{::wxIsDebuggerRunning}\label{wxisdebuggerrunning} |
4915 | ||
4916 | \func{bool}{wxIsDebuggerRunning}{\void} | |
4917 | ||
c50a4038 | 4918 | Returns \true if the program is running under debugger, \false otherwise. |
a434b43f | 4919 | |
c50a4038 VZ |
4920 | Please note that this function is currently only implemented for Win32 and Mac |
4921 | builds using CodeWarrior and always returns \false elsewhere. | |
a434b43f VZ |
4922 | |
4923 | ||
84ed77ef VZ |
4924 | |
4925 | ||
5807634c VZ |
4926 | \section{Environment access functions}\label{environfunctions} |
4927 | ||
4928 | The functions in this section allow to access (get) or change value of | |
4929 | environment variables in a portable way. They are currently implemented under | |
4930 | Win32 and POSIX-like systems (Unix). | |
4931 | ||
4932 | % TODO add some stuff about env var inheriting but not propagating upwards (VZ) | |
4933 | ||
4934 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
4935 | ||
4936 | <wx/utils.h> | |
4937 | ||
84ed77ef | 4938 | |
308978f6 | 4939 | \membersection{wxGetenv}\label{wxgetenvmacro} |
5807634c VZ |
4940 | |
4941 | \func{wxChar *}{wxGetEnv}{\param{const wxString\&}{ var}} | |
4942 | ||
308978f6 VZ |
4943 | This is a macro defined as {\tt getenv()} or its wide char version in Unicode |
4944 | mode. | |
4945 | ||
4946 | Note that under Win32 it may not return correct value for the variables set | |
4947 | with \helpref{wxSetEnv}{wxsetenv}, use \helpref{wxGetEnv}{wxgetenv} function | |
4948 | instead. | |
4949 | ||
84ed77ef | 4950 | |
308978f6 VZ |
4951 | \membersection{wxGetEnv}\label{wxgetenv} |
4952 | ||
4953 | \func{bool}{wxGetEnv}{\param{const wxString\&}{ var}, \param{wxString *}{value}} | |
4954 | ||
4955 | Returns the current value of the environment variable {\it var} in {\it value}. | |
4956 | {\it value} may be {\tt NULL} if you just want to know if the variable exists | |
4957 | and are not interested in its value. | |
4958 | ||
43e8916f | 4959 | Returns \true if the variable exists, \false otherwise. |
5807634c | 4960 | |
84ed77ef | 4961 | |
5807634c VZ |
4962 | \membersection{wxSetEnv}\label{wxsetenv} |
4963 | ||
90a77e64 | 4964 | \func{bool}{wxSetEnv}{\param{const wxString\&}{ var}, \param{const wxString\& }{value}} |
5807634c VZ |
4965 | |
4966 | Sets the value of the environment variable {\it var} (adding it if necessary) | |
4967 | to {\it value}. | |
4968 | ||
43e8916f | 4969 | Returns \true on success. |
5807634c | 4970 | |
90a77e64 VS |
4971 | \wxheading{See also} |
4972 | ||
4973 | \helpref{wxUnsetEnv}{wxunsetenv} | |
4974 | ||
84ed77ef | 4975 | |
5807634c VZ |
4976 | \membersection{wxUnsetEnv}\label{wxunsetenv} |
4977 | ||
4978 | \func{bool}{wxUnsetEnv}{\param{const wxString\&}{ var}} | |
4979 | ||
ec5d7799 | 4980 | Removes the variable {\it var} from the environment. |
5df6ed1c | 4981 | \helpref{wxGetEnv}{wxgetenv} will return {\tt NULL} after the call to this |
5807634c VZ |
4982 | function. |
4983 | ||
43e8916f | 4984 | Returns \true on success. |
90a77e64 VS |
4985 | |
4986 | \wxheading{See also} | |
4987 | ||
4988 | \helpref{wxSetEnv}{wxsetenv} | |
cde76cf2 VZ |
4989 | |
4990 | ||
4991 | \section{Atomic operations}\label{atomicoperations} | |
4992 | ||
4993 | When using multi-threaded applications, it is often required to access or | |
4994 | modify memory which is shared between threads. Atomic integer and pointer | |
4995 | operations are an efficient way to handle this issue (another, less efficient, | |
4996 | way is to use a \helpref{mutex}{wxmutex} or \helpref{critical | |
4997 | section}{wxcriticalsection}). A native implementation exists for Windows, | |
4998 | Linux, Solaris and Mac OS X, for other OS, a | |
4999 | \helpref{wxCriticalSection}{wxcriticalsection} is used to protect the data. | |
5000 | ||
5001 | One particular application is reference counting (used by so-called smart | |
5002 | pointers). | |
5003 | ||
5004 | You should define your variable with the type wxAtomicInt in order to apply | |
5005 | atomic operations to it. | |
5006 | ||
5007 | \wxheading{Include files} | |
5008 | ||
5009 | <wx/atomic.h> | |
5010 | ||
5011 | \membersection{::wxAtomicInc}\label{wxatomicinc} | |
5012 | ||
5013 | \func{void}{wxAtomicInc}{\param{wxAtomicInt\& }{value}} | |
5014 | ||
5015 | This function increments \arg{value} in an atomic manner. | |
5016 | ||
5017 | ||
5018 | \membersection{::wxAtomicDec}\label{wxatomicdec} | |
5019 | ||
5020 | \func{wxInt32}{wxAtomicDec}{\param{wxAtomicInt\& }{value}} | |
5021 | ||
5022 | This function decrements \arg{value} in an atomic manner. | |
5023 | ||
5024 | Returns 0 if \arg{value} is 0 after decrementation or any non-zero value (not | |
5025 | necessarily equal to the value of the variable) otherwise. | |
5026 | ||
5027 |